Neonatal Pain
Suffering, Pain and Risk of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
III
Giuseppe Buonocore • Carlo V. Bellieni
Editors
Neonatal Pain
Suffering, Pain and Risk of Brain Damage
in the Fetus and Newborn
Foreword by Ignacio Carrasco de Paula
IV
Giuseppe Buonocore
Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproduction Medicine
University of Siena
Siena, Italy
R. De Simone
Carlo V. Bellieni
Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproduction Medicine
University of Siena
Siena, Italy
Cover illustration: Leonardo da Vinci, The Babe in the Womb, c. 1511 (detail).
The Royal Collection © 2007 Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II
Library of Congress Control Number: 2007938688
ISBN 978-88-470-0731-4 Springer Milan Berlin Heidelberg New York
e-ISBN 978-88-470-0732-1
Springer is a part of Springer Science+Business Media
© Springer-Verlag Italia 2008
springer.com
This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation,
broadcasting, reproduction on microfilm or in any other way, and storage in data banks. Duplication
of this publication or parts thereof is permitted only under the provisions of the Italian Copyright
Law in its current version, and permission for use must always be obtained from Springer.
Violations are liable to prosecution under the Italian Copyright Law.
The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, etc. in this publication does
not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use. Product liability: the publisher cannot guarantee the accuracy of any information about dosage and application contained
in this book. In every individual case the user must check such information by consulting the relevant literature.
Cover design: Simona Colombo, Milan, Italy
Typesetting: C & G di Cerri e Galassi, Cremona, Italy
Printing: Arti Grafiche Nidasio, Assago (MI), Italy
Printed in Italy
Springer-Verlag Italia S.r.l. – Via Decembrio 28 – I-20137 Milan
Breve storia delle cefalee
V
Preface
For many years we have been talking about a very special patient, the embryo; and
the numerous and encouraging successes brought about by embryofetal medicine
in the application of both noninvasive therapies and invasive ultrasound-guided treatment are well known.
On the other hand, it is more and more often the case today that the small patients
in neonatal care are premature babies who have come to the world at a particularly low gestational age. This allows us to observe the continuity between the phases of growth inside the maternal uterus and after birth, which arrives at the correct
moment for some lucky fetuses, for others very early, and for some altogether too
soon. The neonatologists have the arduous task of sustaining these little patients in
their strivings to survive, registering their energy and their vital dynamism, studying the progressive development of the anatomical structures and the improvement
of their physiology, verifying day by day the presence – sometimes fragile, sometimes extremely resistant, but always human – of a child.
A long line research has shown how, from the first moment onwards in that
process of perfectly coordinated development that characterizes the life of the
embryo, a human being gradually emerges who is increasingly able to interact with
his or her environment. Despite neurosensory immaturity, some unsuspected perceptive abilities have been found in the fetus, particularly in regard to the perception of pain, which can be also deeper in the following phases of development, that
is, in the child once it has been born. However, the large amount of scientific evidence attesting to the fact that the fetus can already feel pain around halfway through
the pregnancy have not been welcomed by the international scientific community;
in fact, very varying positions are recorded, with inevitable consequences at both
the clinical and the ethical level.
The issue of fetal pain is one of the so-called border subjects, which go well over
the positive data of the experimental study to involve the minds and consciences of
those contemplating it, arousing opposing reactions and discordant opinions. In the
political arena too, the issue of fetal pain has been enlisted on one side or the other or given rise to controversies, as has been recently seen in USA. If the scientific data are accompanied with resistance and interpretation, it is evident, in some
cases, that people will select their data depending on which way they want to argue,
in favour of a particular thesis.
VI
Preface
The controversies that have arisen in some states in the USA are due to the decision to anaesthetize the fetus before a voluntary interruption of pregnancy, while
reading to the mother a document explaining that the fetus feels pain. Some political exponents have interpreted this as an initiative to discourage women who have
decided to abort. But we cannot ignore scientific work, including that published by
the authors of this volume, showing that the fetus is able to perceive pain because
it is already in possession of sufficiently developed anatomical structures, and that
it is able to give some physiological and behavioural responses after painful stimuli. The difference between “nociception”, verifiable by accurate studies, and “conscious recognition of a painful stimulus” is therefore of primary importance: it is
on this last element that some positions rely when denying, in a not very deep way,
how much is indeed verifiable in the investigations published in the present book.
Talking about the consciousness of pain may be a bit nebulous when it is done in
regard to contexts where it is hardly verifiable. The perception of painful stimuli
and their relative transmission to the superior nervous centres, on the other hand,
is well documented. Furthermore, the influence on the future life of the child of
extended painful stimuli received in the fetal and neonatal stage has been demonstrated. It is in this wide-ranging way, with the future child kept always in view,
that the scientific studies must be appraised: taking this approach, the opportunity
to consider analgesia in the fetus is obvious.
The studies described in this book tend in this direction, allowing us to get to
know the fetus better as a patient, and dealing with the delicate matter of its treatment. Fetal analgesia is an area full of future developments that are not without ethical implications. What seems to be fundamental in this field is to confirm that the
exclusive interest of the patient and respect for human dignity must always be kept
at the forefront in studies in humans and the application of their results.
Rome, December 2007
Ignacio Carrasco de Paula, MD PhD
Department of Bioethics
Faculty of Medicine and Surgery
A. Gemelli Hospital
Catholic University of the Sacred Heart
Rome
VII
Indice
Contents
List of Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XI
Introduction: Pain and Suffering from the Womb Onwards? . . . . . . . . .
G. Buonocore and C.V. Bellieni
1
PART I
Delivery and Pain
1
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A.M. Aloisi and I. Ceccarelli
5
2
Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P. Florio, F.M. Reis, S. Luisi, M. De Bonis, I. Zerbetto, R. Battista,
M. Quadrifoglio, C. Ferretti, A. Dell’Anna, M. Palumbo,
and F. Petraglia
11
3
Pain Control During Labour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Benedetto, M. Zonca, L. Bonino, S. Blefari, and E. Gollo
25
PART II
4
5
6
Fetal Pain
Ultrasound and Fetal Stress: Study of the Fetal
Blink-Startle Reflex Evoked by Acoustic Stimuli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Bocchi, F.M. Severi, L. Bruni, G. Filardi, A. Delia, C. Boni
A. Altomare, C.V. Bellieni, and F. Petraglia
Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent
Effects in Postnatal Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Dolto
Pain in the Fetus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G. Noia, E. Cesari, M.S. Ligato, D. Visconti, M. Tintoni, I. Mappa,
C. Greco, G.P. Fortunato, and A. Caruso
31
35
45
VIII
7
Contents
New Insights into Prenatal Stress: Immediate and
Long-Term Effects on the Fetus and Their Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K. O’Donnell and V. Glover
PART III
8
9
57
Neonatal Pain
Pain Assessment and Spectral Analysis
of Neonatal Crying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C.V. Bellieni and G. Buonocore
67
Analgesic Procedures in Newborns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L. Giuntini and G. Amato
73
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R. Carbajal
83
11 Sensory Saturation: An Analgesic Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C.V. Bellieni, M. Maffei, and G. Buonocore
99
12 Pharmacologic Analgesia in the Newborn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A.M. Guadagni
103
13 Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R. Sisto
109
PART IV
Pain: a Risk Factor for Brain Damage
14 Neonatal Stressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M. Delivoria-Papadopoulos and O.P. Mishra
123
15 New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C.J. Woodbury
131
16 From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs
for Neonatal Pain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K.J.S. Anand
PART V
141
Pain and Communication
17 Disclosure of Pathology to the Newborn’s Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P. Arosio
151
Contents
18 Communication of Diagnosis: Pain and Grief in
the Experience of Parents of Children with
a Congenital Malformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L. Memo, E. Basile, A. Ferrarini, O.S. Saia, and A. Selicorni
IX
157
19 Invest in Prenatal Life: A High-Yield Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M. Enrichi
161
Subject Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
167
Elenco degli Autori
XI
List of Contributors
Anna M. Aloisi
Pain and Stress Neurophysiology Lab, Department of Physiology, University of
Siena, Siena, Italy
Aldo Altomare
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Giovanna Amato
Section of Pediatric Surgery, Department of Pediatrics, Obstertrics and Reproductive
Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Kanwaljeet S. Anand
Department of Pediatrics, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Arkansas
Children’s Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas, USA
Paolo Arosio
Neonatology, Neonatal Intensive Therapy Unit, San Gerardo Hospital, Monza, Italy
Emanuele Basile
Department of Child Psychiatry Eugenio Medea, Scientific Institute, Bosisio Parini,
Lecco, Italy
Raffaele Battista
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Carlo V. Bellieni
Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and Reproduction Medicine, University of
Siena, Siena, Italy
Chiara Benedetto
Chair C of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Turin,
Turin, Italy
XII
List of Contributors
Silvia Blefari
Chair C of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Turin,
Turin, Italy
Caterina Bocchi
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Carlotta Boni
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Luca Bonino
Chair C of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Turin,
Turin, Italy
Luca Bruni
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Giuseppe Buonocore
Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and Reproduction Medicine, University of Siena,
Siena, Italy
Ricardo Carbajal
Centre National de Ressources de Lutte contre la Douleur, Hôpital d’Enfants Armand
Trousseau, Paris, France
Alessandro Caruso
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Ilaria Ceccarelli
Pain and Stress Neurophysiology Lab, Department of Physiology, University of
Siena, Siena, Italy
Elena Cesari
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Maria De Bonis
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
List of Contributors
XIII
Ada Delia
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Maria Delivoria-Papadopoulos
Neonatal Research Laboratory Drexel University College of Medicine, St. Christopher’s
Hospital for Children, Philadelphia, USA
Arianna Dell’Anna
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Catherine Dolto
Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and Reproduction Medicine, University of
Siena, Italy
Marina Enrichi
Obstetric Psychoprophilaxis Service, Department of Gynecology and Human
Reproductive Science, University of Padua, Padua, Italy
Alessandra Ferrarini
Department of Pediatrics, Fondazione Ospedale Maggiore, Mangiagalli e Regina
Elena, Milan, Italy
Department of Pediatrics, San Giovanni Hospital, Bellinzona, Switzerland
Caterina Ferretti
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Gilda Filardi
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Pasquale Florio
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Giuseppe P. Fortunato
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Laura Giuntini
Department of Intensive Care, Policlinic Le Scotte, Siena, Siena, Italy
XIV
List of Contributors
Vivette Glover
Institute of Reproductive and Developmental Biology, Imperial College London,
London, United Kingdom
Evelina Gollo
Department of Anaesthesia, OIRM S. Anna, Turin, Italy
Chiara Greco
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Anna M. Guadagni
Department of Medical and Surgical Neonatology, Bambin Gesù Pediatric Hospital –
I.R.C.C.S. – Roma, Italy
Maria Serena Ligato
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Stefano Luisi
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Ilenia Mappa
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Luigi Memo
Neonatal Intensive Care Unit, S. Maria di Cà Foncello Hospital, Treviso, Italy
Om P. Mishra
Neonatal Research Laboratory, Drexel University College of Medicine, St. Christopher’s
Hospital for Children, Philadelphia, USA
Giuseppe Noia
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Kieran O’Donnell
Institute of Reproductive and Developmental Biology, Imperial College London,
London, United Kingdom
Marco Palumbo
Department of Microbiological and Gynecological Science, University of Catania,
Siena and Catania, Italy
List of Contributors
XV
Felice Petraglia
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Mariachiara Quadrifoglio
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Fernando M. Reis
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Onofrio S. Saia
Neonatal Intensive Care Unit, S. Maria di Cà Foncello Hospital, Treviso, Italy
Angelo Selicorni
Department of Pediatrics, Fondazione Ospedale Maggiore, Mangiagalli e Regina
Elena, Milan, Italy
Filiberto M. Severi
Section of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Renata Sisto
ISPESL, Department of Occupational Hygiene, Monte Porzio Catone, Rome, Italy
Mauro Tintoni
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Daniela Visconti
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Catholic University of Sacred Heart,
Rome, Italy
Charles J. Woodbury
Department of Zoology and Physiology, University of Wyoming, Laramie,
Wyoming, USA
Irene Zerbetto
Division of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Pediatrics, Obstetrics and
Reproductive Medicine, University of Siena, Siena, Italy
Marina Zonca
Chair C of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Turin,
Turin, Italy
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
1
Introduction: Pain and Suffering
from the Womb Onwards?
G. Buonocore and C.V. Bellieni
What is pain? To paraphrase Augustine of Hippo: “If nobody asks me, I know; if I
try to explain it, I don’t know” (Confessions 11.14.17).
Pain is the only sensation that we cannot remember. We can remember the stimulus that provoked pain, or its organic consequences, but we cannot recall pain as
we recall flavours, noises, and images. It is difficult to describe pain, but we can
describe its features, which are of three types:
– The stimulus. We recognize a stimulus as potentially painful even if we cannot
see the sufferer’s reaction, because we appreciate its intensity and nature (e.g. a
lancet on the skin).
– Bodily consequences. Examples are lesions, hormone production (cortisol, endorphins, epinephrine), changes in physiological parameters (heart rate, blood pressure, sweating).
– Behavioural changes.
All three of these features are evident in the case of newborns. Newborns are
“psychobiologically social beings” [1] and can feel anxiety and fear. This book will
show that they can feel pain even before birth.
But what is “pain” – a term often confused with “suffering”? Cassell wrote: “A
search in the medical and social-science literature did not help me in understanding what suffering is: the word ‘suffering’ was often coupled with the word ‘pain’,
as in ‘pain and suffering’” [2]. Although pain and suffering are closely identified
in the medical literature, they are phenomenologically distinct. “Pain has a felt quality, a felt intensity. Suffering, on the other hand, is not located in the body” [3], or,
“Pain refers to extreme physical distress and comes in many varieties: throbbing,
piercing, burning. Suffering, by contrast, refers to a state of psychological burden
or oppression, typically marked by fear, dread or anxiety” [4].
“Suffering can be defined as the state of severe distress associated with events
that threaten the intactness of the person” [2]. Schopenhauer usefully defined suffering as “the gap between what we demand or expect from life and what actually
comes to us” [5] – an idea recently echoed by van Hoof: “Suffering is to be understood as frustration of the tendency towards fulfilment of the various aspects of our
being” [6]. Do newborns have desires? Clinical observation of newborns is enough
to suggest a nature marked by deep desires: growing, feeding, seeking milk and crying to obtain it are signs of a desire for health [7, 8]. But desires are a person’s main
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
1
2
G. Buonocore and C.V. Bellieni
feature ... are newborns and fetuses persons? Boethius, in his Liber de persona et
duabus naturis, defined personhood as “an individual substance of rational nature”
(naturae rationalis individua substantia; Chap. 111, PL 64, 1343), and newborns/fetuses are individuals and with a rational nature, though they do not yet exercise it. Thus it is reasonable to say that newborns and even fetuses are persons, with
all their unexpressed desires, and, consequently, suffering.
This book can help us to define what pain and suffering are. Pain is a fundamentally “physical” phenomenon, the clash arising from an attack on one’s physical integrity, whereas suffering is something broader, with pain as one of its
sources and desire as its condition. We can define it as the clash arising from an
attack on the integrity of one’s self as a person.
In conclusion, we can say that newborns and fetuses can feel pain and suffer [9].
This book will show that their personhood becomes more and more evident with
the acquisition of progressive skills beginning in prenatal life. Recognizing human
dignity and human suffering from life in the womb onwards is a clinical duty in the
service of better treatment. This book has been written to overcome anything that
would come between an awareness of this fact and the shared effort to provide effective treatment of pain and stress in the preverbal patient.
References
1. Als H, Duffy FH, McAnulty GB (1996) Effectiveness of individualised neurodevelopmental care in the newborn intensive care unit. Acta Paediatr Suppl 416:21–30
2. Cassell EJ (1982) The nature of suffering and the goals of medicine. N Engl J Med
306:639–645
3. Portmann J (1999) Abortion: three rival versions of suffering. Camb Q Healthc Ethics
8:489–497
4. Callahan D (1996) The goals of medicine: setting new priorities. The Hastings Center
Report Special Suppl 6:S9–S13
5. Schopenhauer A (1965) On the basis of morality. Trans. Payne EFJ. Indianapolis: BobbsMerrill, p 19
6. Van Hoof S (1998) Suffering and the goals of medicine. Med Health Care Philos 1:125–131
7. Bellieni CV, Bagnoli F, Buonocore G (2003) Alone no more: pain in premature children.
Ethics Med 19:5–9
8. Bellieni CV, Bagnoli F, Perrone S, et al (2002) Effect of multisensory stimulation on analgesia in term neonates: a randomized controlled trial. Pediatr Res 51:460–463
9. Bellieni C (2005) Pain definitions revised: newborns not only feel pain, they also suffer.
Ethics Med 21:5–9
PART I
Delivery and Pain
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
5
Chapter 1
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
A.M. Aloisi and I. Ceccarelli
In a number of animal and human studies, males and females have been shown to
differ in their responsiveness to noxious stimuli [1–5]. In humans, many chronic
painful syndromes are more common in women than in men. For instance, certain
chronic inflammatory conditions, such as rheumatoid arthritis, complex regional pain
syndrome and fibromyalgia, have a lower incidence in men than in women [6–9].
Additionally, male rodents typically have higher pain thresholds than females, and
gonadectomy lowers the pain threshold in males. There is also a sex difference in
the efficacy of the opioids widely used in experimental and clinical studies to test
analgesia. For example, male rodents (but not humans) are more sensitive than
females to the antinociceptive actions of morphine [10–13].
There could be several reasons for the higher reactivity of females than males to
a similar painful stimulus, from genes to hormonal and cultural influences. It is probable that gonadal hormones contribute to these sex differences, because hormone
manipulations alter basal nociceptive and analgesic responses. Thus, in our laboratory we concentrate on gonadal hormones, whose receptors are present in many brain
areas including some involved in pain transmission and modulation.
Gonadal Hormones, Development and Analgesia
A particular aspect considered in several studies is the development of differences
in pain and analgesia mechanisms. The analgesia produced by the stress of swimming in cold water does not differ in magnitude between male and female mice but
differs in the underlying mechanisms [14, 15]. Cold water swimming in male mice
produces analgesia that can be reversed by the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA)
antagonist MK-801, but this is not the case in females. Neonatal exposure of female
mice to testosterone results in NMDA-mediated stress-induced analgesia similar to
that in males [15].
In another series of studies, Cicero et al. [16] examined how gonadectomy performed neonatally as opposed to in adulthood changes morphine-induced anti-nociception in male rats. Neonatal gonadectomy results in a rightward shift of the morphine dose–response curve compared with that in intact males in the hot plate test.
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
5
6
A.M. Aloisi and I. Ceccarelli
In contrast, the analgesic effect of morphine does not change if gonadectomy is performed in adulthood.
These studies demonstrate that the hormonal milieu early in development helps
define the endogenous antinociceptive processes. The neonatal testosterone surge
allows masculinization and defeminization of the central nervous system (CNS),
including the sex-specific development and distribution of androgen receptors [17, 18].
Testosterone facilitates dendritic growth and neuronal survival [19, 20]. The development of nociceptive pathways may partially depend on the organization and distribution of oestrogen and androgen receptors [21].
In a model of neuropathic pain, LaCroix-Fralish et al. [22] examined both organizational and activational effects of gonadal hormones in male and female rats
exposed to painful stimuli. They found that adult circulating hormone levels are critical for the increased sensitivity to mechanical and heat stimulation in females,
whereas neonatal or adult gonadectomy does not alter the sensitivity of males.
Borzan and Fuchs [23] investigated the role of testosterone in inflammatory pain
by means of intra-articular injections of carrageenan, an animal model of arthritis.
They demonstrated that in males the presence of testosterone early in development
has an antinociceptive role in inflammation-induced mechanical allodynia, either
directly or by conversion to one of its metabolites. Intra-articular injection of carrageenan results in commonly reported swelling of the injured knee and guarding
behaviour in all animals [24], but a lack of testosterone during development or in
adulthood results in enhanced sensitivity to mechanical stimulation. This organizational effect of testosterone implies that a lack of the hormone during the critical
period of sexual differentiation results in disruption of endogenous antinociceptive
processes involved in sensitivity to mechanical stimuli following inflammation, and
that this alteration of the nervous system is probably permanent.
Gonadal Hormones, Pain and Analgesia
Endogenous opioids, particularly endorphins, interact with gonadal hormones
[25–28]. Endogenous or exogenous opioid agonists inhibit the release of luteinizing
hormone, which in turn results in decreased secretion of testosterone in males [29].
Many studies have shown important effects of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal
axis on the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. For instance, the fact that
oestrogens binding to receptors on the corticoptropin-releasing hormone (CRH) gene
can increase CRH activity [30] provides a potential link between the HPA response
to stress and female sex hormones. In addition, the presence of oestrogen-receptor-α
immunoreactivity in adrenal medullary cells of females [31] supports the suggestion that the female sex steroid, oestrogen, acts directly on the adrenal medulla to
induce sympathoadrenal-dependent effects.
It has been reported that cortisol negative feedback could be deranged in patients
with fibromyalgia [32]. As previously found in athletes, this altered functioning of
1 Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
7
the stress response system could be related to down-regulation of glucocorticoid
receptors (GcR). In this connection, we observed a significant increase in GcR
mRNA expression in patients with fibromyalgia symptoms after a 3-week multidisciplinary treatment programme including aerobic exercise, physiotherapy and
cognitive behavioural therapy [33]. At the same time, the number of tender points,
percentage area of pain and actual pain sensation were significantly reduced. These
findings suggest that partial relief of muscle pain in FMS patients could be related
to better functioning of the stress response system.
Androgens, Pain and Analgesia
Androgens, especially testosterone, are increasingly considered to be important in
the modulation of pain mechanisms. In particular, testosterone seems to have a protective role in inflammation. Research on rheumatoid arthritis indicates that androgens protect against inflammation-induced cartilage responses and immunoreactivity (for a review, see [34]). Women with rheumatoid arthritis report pain relief and
general improvement of well-being following long-term testosterone administration
[35]. Both men and women with rheumatoid arthritis exhibit lower serum testosterone levels than healthy adults [36]. Testosterone has also been used successfully in the treatment of episodic cluster headaches in men [37].
Other studies using inflammatory agents (mainly formalin) to study hormonal
influences on nociception have produced conflicting results, but most are in agreement with the suggestion that testosterone plays an antinociceptive role in pain
[38–41]. Using a model of repeated painful stimulation, we showed that male rats
with physiological levels of testosterone recover better than gonadectomized males
[42]; moreover, when supraphysiological levels of testosterone are administered to
both male and female rats, there is a reduction in licking duration only in females.
Interestingly, this decrease is not present in the flexing or jerking response [43].
Thus, we concluded that a high level of testosterone does not block the nociceptive
input (jerking and flexing are unchanged) but induces in females a ‘male-like’ licking response, the most complex formalin-induced reflex response. These results also
suggest that the lower licking levels in males could be kept low by testosterone and
that females are sensitive to the testosterone-mediated inhibitory action. This hormone can act directly through the androgen receptors present in many areas of the
female CNS.
Oestrogen, pain and analgesia
The presence of oestrogen-sensitive neurons in the superficial dorsal horn lamina
of the spinal cord suggests a mechanism by which changing levels of oestrogen can
8
A.M. Aloisi and I. Ceccarelli
regulate (decrease) pain sensitivity, also through its involvement in the transcriptional control of opioid synthesis and of μ and κ receptors [44]. For instance, the
distribution of ER-containing cells in lamina II corresponds to the preferential localization in the spinal cord of pre-proenkephalin-expressing neurons [45].
Simulation of pregnancy plasma levels of oestrogens and progesterone in nonpregnant ovariectomized rats results in an increased pain threshold [46].
Interestingly, this effect is also present in males [47]. We demonstrated that male
rats injected intracerebroventricularly with estradiol for 2 days show higher levels
of formalin-induced licking than rats receiving saline; in fact, they reach levels previously found in females [48].
On the other hand, it was recently shown that the increased responses of nucleus gracilis neurons during the afternoon of proestrus [49] are partly based on contemporaneous increases in oestrogen levels, possibly acting on dorsal root ganglion
cells, whose ER also increase with oestrogen replacement.
Conclusions
The role of gonadal hormones in pain is clearly confirmed by the many studies
showing their involvement in pain modulation. An important aspect that needs to
be studied more extensively is their role during development. The long-term effects
of changes in gonadal hormones due to pharmacological or environmental factors
must be taken into account. These hormones should be measured more regularly,
and if abnormal levels are found the possibility of hormone replacement therapy
should be considered, as commonly occurs for many other circulating hormones.
References
1. Fillingim RB, Edwards RR, Powell T (1999) The relationship of sex and clinical pain to
experimental pain responses. Pain 83:419–425
2. Fillingim RB, Ness T (2000) Sex-related hormonal influences on pain and analgesic
responses. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 24:485–501
3. Edwards RR, Doleys DM, Lowery D, Fillingim RB (2003) Pain tolerance as a predictor
of outcome following multidisciplinary treatment for chronic pain: differential effects as
a function of sex. Pain 106:419–426
4. Aloisi AM (2003) Gonadal hormones and sex differences in pain reactivity. Clin J Pain
19:168–174
5. Craft RM (2003) Sex differences in opioid analgesia: “from mouse to man”. Clin J Pain
19:175–186
6. Unruh AM (1996) Gender variations in clinical pain experience. Pain 65:123–167
7. Crofford LJ (1998) Neuroendocrine abnormalities in fibromyalgia and related disorders.
Am J Med Sci 315:359–366
8. Sandroni P, Benrud-Larson LM, McClelland RL, Low PA (2003) Complex regional pain
syndrome type I: incidence and prevalence in Olmsted County: a population-based study.
Pain 103:199–207
1 Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
9
9. Alamanos Y, Drosos AA (2005) Epidemiology of adult rheumatoid arthritis. Autoimmun
Rev 4:130–136
10. Kepler KL, Kest B, Kiefel JM et al (1989) Roles of gender, gonadectomy and estrous
phase in the analgesic effects of intracerebroventricular morphine in rats. Pharmacol
Biochem Behav 34:119–127
11. Islam AK, Cooper ML Bodnar RJ (1993) Interactions among aging, gender and gonadectomy effects upon morphine antinociception in rats. Physiol Behav 54:45–54
12. Cicero TJ, Nock B, Meyer ER (1996) Gender-related differences in the antinociceptive
properties of morphine. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 279:767–773
13. Craft RM, Stratmann JA, Bartok RE (1999) Sex differences in development of morphine
tolerance and dependence in the rat. Psychopharmacology 143:1–7
14. Mogil JS, Sternberg WF, Kest B et al (1993) Sex differences in the antagonism of swim
stress-induced analgesia: effects of gonadectomy and estrogen replacement. Pain 53:17–25
15. Sternberg WF, Mogil JS, Kest B et al (1995) Neonatal testosterone exposure influences neurochemistry of non-opioid swim stress-induced analgesia in adult mice. Pain 63:321–326
16. Cicero TJ, Nock B, O’Connor L, Meyer ER (2002) Role of steroids in sex differences
in morphine-induced analgesia: activational and organizational effects. J Pharmacol Exp
Ther 300:695–701
17. McAbee MD, DonCarlos LL (1998) Ontogeny of region-specific sex differences in
androgen receptor messenger ribonucleic acid expression in the rat forebrain.
Endocrinology 139:1738–1745
18. Yu WH, McGinnis MY (2001) Androgen receptors in cranial nerve motor nuclei of male
and female rat. J Neurobiol 46:1–10
19. Kujawa KA, Emeric E, Jones KJ (1991) Testosterone differentially regulates the regenerative properties of injured hamster facial motoneurons. J Neurosci 11:3898–3906
20. Jordan CL, Price Jr, RH Handa RJ (2002) Androgen receptor messenger RNA and protein in adult rat sciatic nerve: implications for site of androgen action. J Neurosci Res
69:509–518
21. McEwen BS (1999) Permanence of brain sex differences and structural plasticity of the
adult brain. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 96:7128–7130
22. LaCroix-Fralish ML, Tawfik VL, DeLeo JA (2005) The organizational and activational
effects of sex hormones on tactile and thermal hypersensitivity following lumbar nerve
root injury in male and female rats. Pain 114:71–80
23. Borzan J, Fuchs PN (2006) Organizational and activational effects of testosterone on carrageenan-induced inflammatory pain and morphine analgesia. Neuroscience 143:885–893
24. LaBuda CJ, Fuchs PN (2001) A comparison of chronic aspartame exposure to aspirin on
inflammation, hyperalgesia and open field activity following carrageenan-induced
monoarthritis. Life Sci 69:443–454
25. Van Vugt DA, Meites J (1980) Influence of endogenous opiates on anterior pituitary function. Fed Proc 39:2533–2538
26. Bhanot B, Wilkinson M (1984) The inhibitory effect of opiates on gonadotrophin secretion is dependent upon gonadal steroids. J Endocrinol 102:133–141
27. Gabriel SM, Berglund LA, Kalra SP et al (1986) The influence of chronic morphine treatment on the negative feedback regulation of gonadotropin secretion by gonadal steroids.
Endocrinology 119:2762–2767
28. Kalra PS, Sahu A, Kalra SP (1988) Opiate-induced hypersensitivity to testosterone feedback: pituitary involvement. Endocrinology 122:997–1003
29. Adams ML, Sewing B, Forman JB et al (1993) Opioid-induced suppression of rat testicular function. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 266:323–332
30. Vamvakopoulos NC, Chrousos GP (1993) Evidence of direct estrogenic regulation of
human corticotropin-releasing hormone gene expression: potential implications for the
sexual dimorphism of the stress response and immune/inflammatory reaction. J Clin Invest
92:1896–1902
31. Saunders PT, Maguire SM, Gaughan J, Millar MR (1997) Expression of oestrogen
receptor beta (ER beta) in multiple rat tissues visualised by immunohistochemistry. J
Endocrinol 154:R13–R16
10
A.M. Aloisi and I. Ceccarelli
32. Lentjes EG, Griep EN, Boersma LW et al (1997) Glucocorticoid receptors, fibromyalgia and low back pain. Psychoneuroendocrinology 22:603–614
33. Bonifazi M, Suman A, Cambiaggi C et al (2006) Changes in salivary cortisol and corticosteroid receptor-alpha mRNA expression following a 3-week multidisciplinary treatment program in patients with fibromyalgia. Psychoneuroendocrinology 31:1076–1086
34. Cutolo M, Sulli A, Capellino S et al (2004) Sex hormones influence on the immune system: basic and clinical aspects in autoimmunity. Lupus 13:635–638
35. Booji A, Biewenga-Booji CM, Huber-Bruning O et al (1996) Androgens as adjuvant treatment in postmenopausal female patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Ann Rheum Dis
55:811–881
36. Straub RH, Cutolo M (2001) Involvement of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal/gonadal
axis and the peripheral nervous system in rheumatoid arthritis: viewpoint based on a systemic pathogenetic role. Arthritis Rheum 44:493–507
37. Klimek A (1985) Use of testosterone in the treatment of cluster headache. Eur Neurol
24:53–56
38. Nayebi AR, Ahmadiani (1999) Involvement of the spinal serotonergic system in analgesia produced by castration. Pharmacol Biochem Behav 64:467–471
39. Dina OA, Aley KO, Isenberg W et al (2001) Sex hormones regulate the contribution of
PKCε and PKA signaling in inflammatory pain in the rat. Eur J Neurosci 13:2227–2233
40. Gaumond I, Arsenault P, Marchand S (2002) The role of sex hormones on formalininduced nociceptive responses. Brain Res 958:139–145
41. Butkevich IP, Vershinina EA (2003) Maternal stress differently alters nociceptive behaviors in the formalin test in adult female and male rats. Brain Res 961:159–165
42. Ceccarelli I, Scaramuzzino C, Massafra C, Aloisi AM (2003) The behavioral and neuronal effects induced by repetitive nociceptive stimulation are affected by gonadal hormones in male rats. Pain 104:35–47
43. Aloisi AM, Ceccarelli I, Fiorenzani P et al (2004) Testosterone affects pain-related
responses differently in male and female rats. Neurosci Lett 361:262–264
44. Amandusson A, Hallbeck M, Hallbeck AL et al (1999) Estrogen-induced alterations of
spinal cord enkephalin gene expression. Pain 83:243–248
45. Amandusson A, Hermanson O, Blomqvist A (1995) Estrogen receptor-like immunoreactivity in the medullary and spinal dorsal horn of the female rat. Neurosci Lett 196:25–28
46. Dawson-Basoa M, Gintzler AR (1998) Gestational and ovarian sex steroid antinociception: synergy between spinal kappa and delta opioid systems. Brain Res 794:61–67
47. Liu NJ, Gintzler AR (2000) Prolonged ovarian sex steroid treatment of male rats produces antinociception: identification of sex-based divergent analgesic mechanisms. Pain
85:273–281
48. Aloisi AM, Ceccarelli I (2000) Role of gonadal hormones in formalin-induced pain
responses of male rats: modulation by estradiol and naloxone administration.
Neuroscience 95:559–566
49. Bradshaw HB, Berkley K (2000) Estrous changes in responses of rat gracile nucleus neurons to stimulation of skin and pelvic viscera. J Neurosci 20:7722–7772
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
11
Chapter 2
Stress and Pregnancy:
CRF as Biochemical Marker
P. Florio, F.M. Reis, S. Luisi, M. De Bonis, I. Zerbetto, R. Battista,
M. Quadrifoglio, C. Ferretti, A. Dell’Anna, M. Palumbo and F. Petraglia
Introduction
The initiation, maintenance and termination of pregnancy are related to placental
functions, as the human placenta contributes to maintaining equilibrium between
the fetus and the mother and regulating the bodily functions of both organisms in
a complementary way. This is made possible through the secretion of several
growth factors, neurohormones and cytokines by human placenta [1–3].
Among these placental hormones, human placenta, decidua, chorion and amnion
produce corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) [4], the well-known hypothalamic
peptide involved in the endocrine adaptations of the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis in response to stress stimuli [5, 6]. This chapter will review experimental and clinical studies showing the role of CRF in physiological (parturition,
life and work stress events) and pathological stress conditions (preterm labor,
intrauterine infection, hypertensive disorders of pregnancy) occurring during gestation.
CRF-Related Peptides
CRF is a 41-amino-acid peptide released from the median eminence of the hypothalamus, acting at the corticotrophs in the anterior pituitary to stimulate the release
of ACTH and related peptides in response to stress events, and modulating behavioral, vascular and immune response to stress [5, 6]. Urocortin is another component of the CRF family, and its sequence is similar to fish urotensin (63%) and
human CRF (45%) [7]. As CRF, its addition to cultured pituitary cells stimulates
the release of ACTH in a dose-dependent manner [7], indicating that a common signaling pathway exists for both CRF and urocortin.
CRF and urocortin interact with two distinct receptors: R1 (classified into R1α,
R1β, R1γ and R1δ subtypes) and R2 (R2α, R2β and R2γ subtypes) [8, 9]. Urocortin
binds to CRF receptors of types 1 and 2, with a particularly high affinity for the
type 2 receptor [7, 10].
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
11
12
P. Florio et al.
CRF-binding protein (CRF-BP), a 37-kDa protein of 322 amino acids, mainly
produced by the human brain and the liver [11], is another of the CRF-related peptides. It has been demonstrated that CRF-BP is able to bind circulating CRF and
urocortin, thus modulating their actions on pituitary gland [12, 13] by preventing
their binding to their own receptors.
Location in Gestational Tissues
CRF, urocortin, CRF-BP and receptors are expressed in human placenta, decidua
and fetal membranes. Immunohistochemical studies have demonstrated that CRF
is located in cytotrophoblast cells, with a more intense CRF signal in syncytiotrophoblast [3, 14, 15]. Cytotrophoblast cells are transformed into syncytial cells, which
release CRF when maintained in culture [3, 16–18].
Placental and decidual cells collected at 8–11 weeks or 38–40 weeks of gestation express urocortin mRNA, and immunohistochemical investigations localized
urocortin staining in syncytial cells of trophoblast as well as in amnion, chorion,
and decidua of fetal membranes [19, 20], but the urocortin mRNA expression in
human placenta does not change throughout gestation [20]. Fluorescent in situ
hybridization and immunofluorescence studies demonstrated that syncytiotrophoblast cells and amniotic epithelium are the cell types expressing CRF-R1α,
CRF-Rc [21], and CRF-R2β mRNA [22].
CRF receptors (mRNA and protein) have been also described in human
myometrium [23, 24] and endometrium. In particular, pregnant human myometrium expresses the subtypes 1α, 1β, 2α, and 2β and the Rc variant, whereas only the
1α, 1β, and 2β receptors are detectable in nonpregnant myometrium [24] and
endometrium [11, 25, 26].
In Vitro Effects
In nonpregnant women, the close relationship between catecholamines, HPA axis
and stress events represents a classic finding of neuroendocrinology [27], given that
increased production of catecholamines and CRF characterizes the adaptive responses to stressful events [28]. Placental ACTH is a product of the propiomelanocortin
(POMC) gene and has the same structure of pituitary ACTH, retaining its immunogenic and biologic activity [29, 30]. Placental ACTH is localized to the cytotrophoblast in the first trimester and to the syncytiotrophoblast in the second and third
trimesters [31].
2 Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
13
Placental Hormonogenesis
The addiction of CRF and urocortin stimulates placental ACTH release. The
effect is mediated by CRF receptors, as the co-incubation of cultured placenta
cells with specific CRF receptor antagonists inhibits the release of ACTH
induced by CRF and urocortin. Furthermore, the addition of CRF-BP reverses
the effects of CRF on ACTH in human placenta. Indeed, CRF-BP binds CRF in
vitro with great affinity: on a perfused pituitary cell column system the bioactivity of CRF is reduced by co-incubation with CRF-BP [32], whereas in vivo
the presence of the binding protein shortens the half-life of immunoreactive CRF
[33, 34] (Fig. 1).
CRF, urocortin and ACTH stimulate the release of PGF2a and PGE2 from cultured amnion, chorion, decidual and placental tissues [35–37], and these effects
are inhibited in the presence of specific antisera to CRF and to ACTH. In placenta, but not in amnion or decidua, the stimulatory effect of CRF on PGF2a
and PGE2 output is attenuated in the presence of an antibody to ACTH, thus
supporting the possibility of paracrine stimulation by CRF and ACTH of
prostaglandin production in intrauterine tissues [38]. Urocortin has CRF-like
effects on placental cells and tissue explants, because it stimulates ACTH and
prostaglandin secretion [35, 39]. CRF markedly stimulates the release of
immunoreactive oxytocin from cultured placental cells in a dose-dependent
fashion [40].
Fig. 1 Placental corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) may affect the secretion of ACTH and
cortisol from the mother and the fetus. The effects are counteracted by CRF-binding protein
(CRF-BP)
14
P. Florio et al.
Blood Flow Regulation
Several in vitro experiments have demonstrated that CRF has vasodilatory effects
in the human fetal-placental circulation. The effects are mediated by nitric oxide
(NO) and by cyclic GMP, as blocking the synthesis of these molecules causes
marked attenuation of CRF-stimulated vasodilatation [41]. The addition of CRF to
preconstricted placental vessels is able to attenuate all constrictor mechanisms
without variation in CRF potency as a vasodilator agent. CRF-induced vasodilatation appears to be mediated by a CRF receptor, as the vasodilatory response to CRF
is antagonized in the presence of CRF receptor antagonists [42, 43]. CRF-induced
vasodilatation occurred at concentrations comparable to plasma CRF levels found
in the maternal and fetal circulations [44], and CRF is approximately 50 times more
potent than prostacyclin as a vasodilator agent [42, 43].
Urocortin has the same effects as CRF: administered intravenously in rats, it is
more potent than CRF in causing hypotension [7, 45] and, with respect to placental circulation, it causes vasodilatation, reducing fetal-placental vascular resistance
via CRF type 2 receptors, and being more potent than CRF [46]. As the fetal vessels of the human placenta are not innervated, control of blood flow in this vascular bed is partly dependent on locally produced and circulating vasoactive factors
[47]. As syncytiotrophoblast is the main source of CRF during pregnancy [44, 48,
49], placental CRF may access the fetal-placental circulation to cause dilatation by
paracrine or endocrine mechanisms. It may be released locally to affect the vascular smooth muscle and endothelium, or it may be secreted into the fetal-placental
circulation and travel to its site of action through the placental vascular system.
Myometrial Contractility
The family of CRF-related peptides is suggested to play important roles in the control of myometrial contractility during pregnancy and labor [50]. Recent data highlight the role played by CRF in myometrial contractility, based on the fact that CRF
mediates its actions on human myometrium through the activation of two distinct
classes of CRF receptor, R1 and R2 [51]. Contrasting data exist on the net role played
by CRF, some suggesting CRF as an important uterotonic [52, 53], others indicating it as the main uterine quiescence factor [51, 54] to prevent uterine contractions
during pregnancy. In addition, different myometrial CRF receptors are recruited at
labor, and this recruitment is dynamically and differentially modulated by the great
hormonal changes occurring at term pregnancy, so that CRF actions in vivo may
differ from actions reported in vitro, according to differences in myometrial CRF
receptor expression and the induced affinity-state [55]. In fact, in vitro CRF and urocortin directly enhance prostaglandin-induced myometrial contractility, and the
effect is counteracted by CRF receptor antagonists and by CRF-BP.
2 Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
15
Urocortin, more than CRF, is able to induce different intracellular signals involved
in the regulation of myometrial contractility [50]. Robinson et al. [56] suggested that
placental CRF may also stimulate fetal pituitary ACTH, which triggers secretion of
fetal adrenal dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS), which in turn is used by the
placenta for conversion to estrogen by the process of aromatization [57]. This increase
in estrogen then could serve as a trigger for the cascade of events leading to labor and
parturition. In fact, estrogens increase uterine contractility by increasing myometrial
excitability, myometrial responsiveness to oxytocin and other uterotonic agents, as well
as stimulating the synthesis and release of prostaglandins by fetal membranes [57].
Furthermore, estrogens stimulate proteolytic enzymes in the cervix, such as collagenase, which break down the extracellular matrix, permitting the cervix to dilate.
Secretion in Biological Fluids
From intrauterine tissues, CRF is released into the maternal and umbilical cord plasma as well as the amniotic fluid. Plasma CRF levels are low in nonpregnant women
(less than 10 pg/ml) and become higher during the first trimester of pregnancy, rising
steadily until term [58–60]. CRF is also measurable in fetal circulation, and a linear
correlation exists between maternal and fetal plasma CRF levels, despite umbilical cord
plasma CRF levels being 20 to 30 times lower than in maternal circulation [61].
CRF-BP is measurable in maternal plasma, and levels remain stable in nonpregnant women and during gestation until the third trimester of pregnancy [11, 62]. The
existence of a binding protein for CRF explains why there is not a dramatic increase
of ACTH despite high levels of CRF during the third trimester of pregnancy [63, 64].
In fact, it was confirmed that most of the endogenous CRF in both maternal plasma
[18] and amniotic fluid [62] is carrier-bound and therefore has reduced bioactivity.
Maternal plasma CRF-BP concentrations decrease markedly in the last 4–6 weeks
before labor [11, 64, 65], returning to approximately nonpregnant levels during the
first 24 h post partum. Thus, opposite changes in concentrations of CRF (higher)
and CRF-BP (lower) in maternal plasma occur at term, so that the availability of
bioactive CRF increases during the activation of labor.
Labor and Delivery
Several pieces of evidence support the link between placental CRF and the stress
of parturition in humans. During spontaneous labor, maternal plasma CRF levels
rise progressively, reaching the maximum values at the most advanced stages of cervical dilatation [63, 66, 67]. In addition, individuals who undergo elective cesarean delivery have plasma and amniotic fluid CRF levels significantly lower than those
who have had spontaneous vaginal delivery [68]. The amount of CRF in placental
16
P. Florio et al.
extracts obtained at term after spontaneous vaginal delivery is significantly greater
than the amount extracted from placentas obtained after caesarean delivery [68]. By
contrast, during spontaneous physiological labor a significant decrease has been
observed in CRF-BP levels in maternal plasma [63, 68], cord blood [68] and amniotic fluid [69].
With respect to urocortin, maternal levels at labor were higher than those previously reported during pregnancy, but they did not change significantly at the different stages of labor when evaluated longitudinally. Some mothers displayed a trend
towards increasing levels, whilst others had variable concentrations [70].
Preterm Labor
Preterm birth is a major complication of pregnancy and remains a leading cause
of neonatal morbidity and mortality worldwide. Women with preterm labor have
maternal plasma CRF levels significantly higher than those measured in the course
of normal pregnancy (Fig. 2) [71]. This finding suggests that the increase in CRF
levels in women with preterm labor is not due to the process of labor itself, but
may indeed be part of the mechanism controlling the onset of labor. The continued elevation of CRF preceding clinical evidence of uterine contraction suggests
that CRF secretion is not sufficient to induce initiation of labor, and other factors
are required in this event [68].
CRF (pmol/L)
120
preterm
100
80
60
term
40
post-term
20
0
15
20
25
30
weeks of pregnancy
Fig. 2 Changes of maternal plasma CRF levels during pregnancies that ended in term,
preterm and post-term deliveries
2 Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
17
Maternal plasma CRF is higher in women with threatened preterm labor who
give birth within 24 h from admission compared with those delivered after 24 h
or with normal pregnant women at the same stage of gestation. This difference
was observed at 28–32 weeks’ and at 32–36 weeks’ gestation, but not before
28 weeks [60]. Maternal and fetal plasma CRF-BP levels are low in preterm labor
[72, 73], resembling the physiological pattern observed at term. Because CRF-BP
modulates the CRF-induced ACTH and prostaglandin release from decidual cells
as well as the myometrial contractility activated by CRF [42], the precocious fall
in CRF-BP levels may be involved in the pathophysiology of preterm labor.
Finally, recent evidence further suggested that elevated levels of CRF are linked
to preterm labor and delivery, but also that CRF is only one of several systems
involved in this process [74, 75].
Chorionamnionitis
During pregnancy, the secretion of CRF from intrauterine sources is autonomous,
but increasing evidence indicates that maternal and/or fetal physiological and pathological stress conditions may influence this function [76, 77]. Intrauterine infection
is a stress situation associated with a significant CRF elevation in placental extracts,
maternal plasma and amniotic fluid [37]. In addition, we found that women with
intrauterine infection (i.e. microbial invasion of the amniotic cavity) had significantly
higher amniotic fluid and umbilical cord plasma CRF and CRF-BP levels, but
unchanged levels of ACTH and cortisol concentrations [78]. However, it is well
known that CRF triggers ACTH and cortisol secretion [79]. The increased levels of
CRF-BP in cases of maternal infection may prevent the CRF-induced stimulation
of ACTH and cortisol, even in the presence of high CRF concentrations in amniotic fluid and umbilical cord plasma.
A possible explanation for these increases may be found in the genomic characterization of CRF-BP, which has revealed acute phase response elements. One of
them is known to bind the transcription factor NF- B, which regulates immunoglobulin and interleukin transcription, and is thought to play a role in the response to
inflammation [11, 80]. On the other hand, cytokines stimulate CRF expression and
secretion [81, 82], so the increased levels of CRF-BP in the presence of intrauterine infection may play a role in regulating inflammatory responses evoked by CRF.
Preeclampsia and Fetal Growth Restriction
Preeclampsia affects 10–12% of pregnancies, requires intense monitoring and clinical supervision, and is potentially threatening to mother and fetus [83, 84].
Preeclampsia is associated with abnormal placentation, due to altered cytotro-
18
P. Florio et al.
phoblast proliferation and invasion of endometrium, causing reduced placental perfusion and impairment of placental angiogenesis, with insufficiency and failure of
remodeling of the spiral arteries [85]. Trophoblastic abnormalities play a role in the
development of preeclampsia, and alterations in the secretion of placental hormones
and/or factors may be considered manifestations of the earlier stages of the disease,
in addition to uteroplacental and fetal blood flow alterations (evaluated by Doppler
velocimetry). These modifications reduce the transport of oxygen and substrates
from the mother to the fetus through the human placenta, and therefore fetal growth
restriction is often associated with preeclampsia [86].
CRF levels are elevated in the fetal and maternal circulation in these abnormal
pregnancies. In patients with pregnancy-induced hypertension (PIH), maternal CRF
levels at all stages of pregnancy are significantly higher than in healthy controls
[87–89]. Moreover, maternal concentrations of CRF are greatly increased in
preeclampsia [76, 90] in the presence of plasma CRF-BP levels significantly lower than those in healthy controls [91]. In addition, cord venous plasma CRF concentrations are significantly higher in patients with preeclampsia and higher than
those in cord arterial plasma, indicating secretion of CRF from the placenta into the
fetal circulation [90]. In addition to CRF, other hormones with vasodilatory actions
and involved in the stress response such as ACTH and cortisol are increased in fetuses from normotensive pregnancies [92] as well as in those with fetal growth restriction [83, 93, 94].
Concentrations of CRF in fetal circulation are significantly increased in pregnancies complicated by abnormal umbilical artery flow velocity waveforms, thus
representing a stress-responsive compensatory mechanism in the human placenta
[95]. It is not known whether this deranged secretion is part of the primary pathophysiology of these conditions or occurs as a secondary response to the increased
vascular resistance in abnormal pregnancies.
Conclusions
In the event of stressful conditions, such as reduced placental blood flow, chronic hypoxia or infection, the human placenta responds with increased CRF and
urocortin secretion, with the aim of dilating the placental circulation, facilitating oxygen and substrate availability, facilitating term and preterm labor, and also
preparing the fetus for birth, increasing cortisol secretion for lung maturation.
Thus, the placental release of CRF as a stress factor is the final pathway triggered by the human placenta to help the mother and the fetus to escape a hostile environment.
Thus, in a scenario of maternal and/or fetal stress elicited by a number of pathological conditions, placental CRF and CRF-related peptides appear to play a role
in coordinating the adaptive changes to promote uterine perfusion, maternal metabolism, fluid balance and, possibly, uterine contractility.
2 Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
19
References
1. Petraglia F, Volpe A, Genazzani AR et al (1990) Neuroendocrinology of the human placenta. Front Neuroendocrinol 11:6–37
2. Reis FM, Florio P, Cobellis L et al (2001) Human placenta as a source of neuroendocrine
factors. Biol Neonate 79:150–156
3. Petraglia F, Sawchenko PE, Rivier J, Vale W (1987) Evidence for local stimulation of ACTH
secretion by corticotropin-releasing factor in human placenta. Nature 328:717–719
4. Petraglia F, Tabanelli S, Galassi MC et al (1992) Human decidua and in vitro decidualized endometrial stromal cells at term contain immunoreactive corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) and CRF messenger ribonucleic acid. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 74:1427–1431
5. Vale W, Rivier C, Brown MR et al (1983) Chemical and biological characterization of
corticotropin releasing factor. Recent Prog Horm Res 39:245–270
6. Orth DN (1992) Corticotropin-releasing hormone in humans. Endocr Rev 13:164–191
7. Vaughan J, Donaldson C, Bittencourt J et al (1995) Urocortin, a mammalian neuropeptide related to fish urotensin I and to corticotropin-releasing factor. Nature 378:287–292
8. Liaw CW, Lovenmerg TW, Barry G et al (1996) Cloning and characterization of the
human corticotropin-releasing factor-2 receptor complementary deoxyribonucleic acid.
Endocrinology 137:72–77
9. Valdenaire O, Giller T, Breu V et al (1997) A new functional isoform of the human CRF2
receptor for corticotropin-releasing factor. Biochim Biophys Acta 1352:129–132
10. Chen R, Lewis K, Perrin MH, Vale W (1993) Expression and cloning of a human corticotropin-releasing factor receptor. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 90:8967–8971
11. Petraglia F, Florio P, Gallo R et al (1996) Corticotropin-releasing factor-binding protein:
origins and possible functions. Horm Res 45:187–191
12. Potter E, Behan DP, Fischer WH et al (1991) Cloning and characterization of the cDNAs
for human and rat corticotropin releasing factor-binding proteins. Nature 349:423–426
13. Potter E, Behan DP, Linton EA et al (1992) The central distribution of a corticotropinreleasing factor (CRF)-binding protein predicts multiple sites and modes of interaction
with CRF. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 89:4192–4196
14. Saijonmaa X, Laatikainen T, Wahlstrom T (1988) Corticotropin releasing factor in human
placenta: localization, concentration and release in vitro. Placenta 9:373–385
15. Riley SC, Walton JC, Herlick JM, Challis JR (1991) The localization and distribution of
corticotropin-releasing hormone in the human placenta and fetal membranes throughout
gestation. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 72:1001–1007
16. Frim DM, Emanuel RL, Robinson BG et al (1988) Characterization and gestational regulation of corticotropin-releasing hormone messenger RNA in human placenta. J Clin
Invest 82:287–292
17. Jones SA, Brooks AN, Challis JR (1989) Steroids modulate corticotropin-releasing hormone
production in human fetal membranes and placenta. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 68:825–830
18. Riley SC, Challis JR (1991) Corticotropin-releasing hormone production by the placenta and fetal membranes. Placenta 12:105–119
19. Petraglia F, Florio P, Gallo R et al (1996) Human placenta and fetal membranes express
human urocortin mRNA and peptide. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 81:3807–3810
20. Florio P, Rivest S, Reis FM et al (1999) Lack of gestational-related changes of urocortin
gene expression in human placenta. Prenat Neonat Med 4:296–300
21. Karteris E, Grammatopoulos D, Dai Y et al (1998) The human placenta and fetal membranes express the corticotropin-releasing hormone receptor 1α (CRH-1α) and the CRHC variant receptor. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 83:1376–1379
22. Florio P, Franchini A, Reis FM et al (2000) Human placenta, chorion, amnion and decidua express different variants of corticotropin-releasing factor receptor messenger RNA.
Placenta 21:32–37
23. Rodrýguez-Linares B, Linton EA, Phaneuf S (1998) Expression of corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) receptor mRNA and protein in the human myometrium. J Endocrinol
156:15–21
20
P. Florio et al.
24. Grammatopoulos D, Dai Y, Chen J et al (1998) Human corticotropin-releasing hormone
receptor: differences in subtype expression between pregnant and nonpregnant myometria. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 83:2539–2544
25. Di Blasio AM, Giraldi FP, Vigano P et al (1997) Expression of corticotropin-releasing
hormone and its R1 receptor in human endometrial stromal cells. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
82:1594–1597
26. Petraglia F, Potter E, Cameron VA et al (1993) Corticotropin-releasing factor-binding protein is produced by human placenta and intrauterine tissues. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
77:919–924
27. Chrousos GP (1998) Editorial: ultradian, circadian, and stress-related hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis activity – a dynamic digital-to-analog modulation. Endocrinology
139:437–440
28. Chrousos GP, Gold PW (1992) The concepts of stress and stress system disorders:
overview of physical and behavioral homeostasis. JAMA 267:1252
29. Waddell BJ, Burton PJ (1993) Release of bioactive ACTH by perifused human placenta at early and late gestation. J Endocrinol 136:345–353
30. Smith R, Thomson M (1991) Neuroendocrinology of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis in pregnancy and the puerperium. Baillieres Clin Endocrinol Metab 5:167–186
31. Cooper ES, Greer IA, Brooks AN (1996) Placental proopiomelanocortin gene expression, adrenocorticotropin tissue concentrations, and immunostaining increase throughout
gestation and are unaffected by prostaglandins, antiprogestins, or labor. J Clin Endocrinol
Metab 81:4462–4469
32. Woods RJ, Kennedy KM, Gibbins JM et al (1994) Corticotropin releasing factor binding protein dimerizes after association with ligand. Endocrinology 135:768–773
33. Petraglia F, Florio P, Gallo R et al (1996) Corticotropin-releasing factor-binding protein:
origins and possible functions. Horm Res 45:187–191
34. Woods RJ, Grossman A, Saphier P et al (1994) Association of human corticotropin-releasing hormone to its binding protein in blood may trigger clereance of the complex. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab 78:73–76
35. Petraglia F, Florio P, Benedetto C et al (1999) Urocortin stimulates placental adrenocorticotropin and prostaglandin release and myometrial contractility in vitro. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab 84:1420–1423
36. Jones SA, Challis JR (1989) Local stimulation of prostaglandin production by corticotropin-releasing hormone in human fetal membranes and placenta. Biochem Biophys
Res Commun 159:192–199
37. Petraglia F, Benedetto C, Florio P et al (1995) Effect of corticotropin-releasing factorbinding protein on prostaglandin release from cultured maternal decidua and on contractile activity of human myometrium in vitro. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 80:3073–3076
38. Jones SA, Challis JR (1990) Effects of corticotropin-releasing hormone and adrenocorticotropin on prostaglandin output by human placenta and fetal membranes. Gynecol
Obstet Invest 29:165–168
39. Leitch IM, Boura AL, Botti C et al (1998) Vasodilator actions of urocortin and related
peptides in the human perfused placenta in vitro. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 83:4510–4513
40. Florio P, Lombardo M, Gallo R et al (1996) Activin A, corticotropin-releasing factor and
prostaglandin F2 alpha increase immunoreactive oxytocin release from cultured human
placental cells. Placenta 17:307–311
41. Clifton VL, Read MA, Leitch IM et al (1994) Corticotropin-releasing hormone-induced
vasodilatation in the human fetal placental circulation. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
79:666–669
42. Clifton VL, Owens PC, Robinson PJ, Smith R (1995) Identification and characterization
of a corticotrophin-releasing hormone receptor in human placenta. Eur J Endocrinol
133:591–597
43. Clifton VL, Read MA, Leitch IM et al (1995) Corticotropin-releasing hormone-induced
vasodilatation in the human fetal-placental circulation: involvement of the nitric oxidecyclic guanosine 3′,5′-monophosphate-mediated pathway. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
80:2888–2893
2 Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
21
44. Petraglia F (1996) Endocrine role of the placenta and related membranes. Eur J
Endocrinol 135:166–167
45. Torpy DJ, Chrousos GP (1996) The three-way interactions between the hypothalamicpituitary-adrenal and gonadal axes and the immune system [review]. Baillieres Clin
Rheumatol 10:181–198
46. Leitch IM, Boura AL, Botti C et al (1998) Vasodilator actions of urocortin and related
peptides in the human perfused placenta in vitro. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 83:4510–4513
47. Boura AL, Walters WA, Read MA, Leitch IM (1994) Autacoids and control of human
placental blood flow [review]. Clin Exp Pharmacol Physiol 21:737–748
48. Simoncini T, Apa R, Reis FM et al (1999) Human umbilical vein endothelial cells: a new
source and potential target for corticotropin-releasing factor. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
84:2802–2806
49. Challis JR, Sloboda D, Matthews SG et al (2001) The fetal placental hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis, parturition and post natal health [review]. Mol Cell Endocrinol
185:135–144
50. Karteris E, Hillhouse EW, Grammatopoulos D (2004) Urocortin II is expressed in human
pregnant myometrial cells and regulates myosin light chain phosphorylation: potential
role of the type-2 corticotropin-releasing hormone receptor in the control of myometrial contractility. Endocrinology 145:890–900
51. Grammatopoulos DK, Hillhouse EW (1999) Role of corticotropin-releasing hormone in
onset of labour. Lancet 354:1546–1549
52. Benedetto C, Petraglia F, Marozio L et al (1994) Corticotropin releasing hormone
increases prostaglandin F2a activity on human myometrium. Am J Obstet Gynecol
171:126–31
53. Quartero HW, Fry CH (1989) Placental corticotrophin releasing factor may modulate
human parturition. Placenta 10:439–443
54. Quartero HW, Srivatsa G, Gillham B (1992) Role for cyclic adenosine monophosphate
in the synergistic interaction between oxytocin and corticotrophin-releasing factor in isolated human gestational myometrium. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 36:141–145
55. Hillhouse EW, Grammatopoulos DK (2000) CRH and urocortin actions during human
pregnancy and labour. Stress 4:235–246
56. Robinson BG, Emanuel RL, Frim DM, Majzoub JA (1988) Glucocorticoid stimulates
expression of corticotropin-releasing hormone gene in human placenta. Proc Natl Acad
Sci U S A 85:5244–5348
57. Challis JRG, Matthews SG, Gibb W, Lye SJ (2000) Endocrine and paracrine regulation
of birth at term and preterm. Endocr Rev 21:514–550
58. Stalla GK, Bost H, Stalla J (1989) Human corticotropin-releasing hormone during pregnancy. Gynecol Endocrinol 3:1–10
59. Campbell EA, Linton EA, Wolfe CDA et al (1987) Plasma corticotropin releasing hormone concentrations during pregnancy and parturition. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
63:1054–1059
60. Petraglia F, Florio P, Benedetto C et al (1996) High levels of corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) are inversely correlated with low levels of maternal CRF-binding protein in
pregnant women with pregnancy-induced hypertension. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
81:852–856
61. Economides D, Linton E, Nicolaides K et al (1987) Relationship between maternal and
fetal corticotrophin-releasing hormone-41 and ACTH levels in human mid-trimester
pregnancy. J Endocrinol 114:497–501
62. Suda T, Iwashita M, Sumitomo T et al (1991) Presence of CRH-binding protein in amniotic fluid and in umbilical cord plasma. Acta Endocrinol 125:165–169
63. Linton EA, Wolfe CDA, Behan D, Lowry PJ (1988) A specific carrier substance for
human corticotropin releasing factor in late gestational maternal plasma which could mask
the ACTH releasing activity. Clin Endocrinol 28:315–324
64. Orth DN, Mount CD (1987) Specific high affinity binding protein for human corticotropin
releasing hormone in normal human plasma. Biochem Biophys Res Commun
143:411–417
22
P. Florio et al.
65. Linton EA, Perkins AV, Woods RJ et al (1993) Corticotropin releasing hormone-binding
protein (CRH-BP): plasma levels decrease during the third trimester of normal human
pregnancy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 76:260–262
66. Goland RS, Wardlaw SL, Stark RI et al (1986) High levels of corticotropin-releasing hormone immunoactivity in maternal and fetal plasma during pregnancy. J Clin Endocrinol
Metab 63:1199–1203
67. Petraglia F, Giardino L, Coukos G et al (1990) Corticotropin-releasing factor and parturition: plasma and amniotic fluid levels and placental binding sites. Obstet Gynecol
75:784–790
68. McLean M, Bisit A, Davies JJ et al (1995) A placental clock controlling the length of
human pregnancy. Nat Med 1:460–463
69. Florio P, Woods RJ, Genazzani AR et al (1997) Changes in amniotic fluid immunoreactive corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) and CRF-binding protein levels in pregnant
women at term and during labor. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 82:835–838
70. Florio P, Cobellis L, Woodman J et al (2002) Levels of maternal plasma corticotropinreleasing factor (CRF) and urocortin at labor. J Soc Gynecol Investig 9:233-237
71. Korebrit C, Ramirez MM, Watson L et al (1998) Maternal corticotropin-releasing hormone is increased with impending preterm birth. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 83:1585–1591
72. Berkowitz GS, Lapinski RH, Lockwood CJ et al (1996) Corticotropin-releasing factor
and its binding protein: maternal serum levels in term and preterm deliveries. Am J Obstet
Gynecol 174:1477–1483
73. Perkins AV, Eben F, Wolfe CD et al (1993) Plasma measurements of corticotrophin-releasing hormone-binding protein in normal and abnormal human pregnancy. J Endocrinol
138:149–157
74. Erickson K, Thorsen P, Chrousos G et al (2001) Preterm birth: associated neuroendocrine,
medical, and behavioral risk factors. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 86, 2544–2552
75. Reis FM, D’Antona D, Petraglia F (2002) Predictive value of hormone measurements in
maternal and fetal complications of pregnancy. Endocr Rev 23:230–257
76. Petraglia F, Florio P, Nappi C, Genazzani AR (1996) Peptide signaling in human placenta and membranes: autocrine, paracrine, and endocrine mechanisms. Endocrine Rev
17:156–186
77. Reis FM, Fadalti M, Florio P, Petraglia F (1996) Putative role of placental corticotropinreleasing factor in the mechanisms of human parturition. J Soc Gynecol Invest 6:109–119
78. Florio P, Severi FM, Ciarmela P et al (2002) Placental stress factors and maternal-fetal
adaptive response: the corticotropin-releasing factor family. Endocrine 19:91–102
79. Florio P, Petraglia F (2002) Human placental corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) in the
adaptive response to pregnancy. Stress 4:247–261
80. Lowry PJ, Woods RJ, Baigent S (1996) Corticotropin-releasing factor and its binding protein. Pharmacol Biochem Behav 54:305–308
81. Petraglia F, Garuti GC, De Ramundo B et al (1990) Mechanism of action of interleukin1 beta in increasing corticotropin-releasing factor and adrenocorticotropin hormone
release from cultured human placental cells. Am J Obstet Gynecol 163:1307–1312
82. Angioni S, Petraglia F, Gallinelli A et al (1993) Corticotropin-releasing hormone modulates cytokines release in cultured human peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Life Sci
53:1735–1742
83. Redman CWG (1991) Pre-eclampsia and placenta. Placenta 12:301–308
84. Talosi G, Endreffy E, Turi S, Nemeth I (2000) Molecular and genetic aspects of
preeclampsia: state of the art. Mol Genet Metab 71:565–572
85. Roberts JM, Cooper DW (2001) Pathogenesis and genetics of pre-eclampsia. Lancet
357:53–6
86. Luckas MJ, Sandland R, Hawe J et al (1998) Fetal growth retardation and second
trimester maternal serum human chorionic gonadotrophin levels. Placenta 19:143–147
87. Wolfe CD, Patel SP, Campbell EA et al (1988) Plasma corticotrophin-releasing factor
(CRF) in normal pregnancy. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 95:997–1002
88. Wolfe CD, Patel SP, Linton EA et al (1988) Plasma corticotrophin-releasing factor
(CRF) in abnormal pregnancy. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 95:1003–1006
2 Stress and Pregnancy: CRF as Biochemical Marker
23
89. Jeske W, Soszynski P, Lukaszewicz E et al (1990) Enhancement of plasma corticotropinreleasing hormone in pregnancy-induced hypertension. Acta Endocrinol (Copenh)
122:711–714
90. Laatikainen T, Virtanen T, Kaaja R et al (1991) Corticotropin-releasing hormone in maternal and cord plasma in pre-eclampsia. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 39:19–24
91. Perkins AV, Linton EA, Eben F et al (1995) Corticotrophin-releasing hormone and corticotrophin-releasing hormone binding protein in normal and pre-eclamptic human pregnancies. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 102:118–122
92. Goland RS, Conwell IM, Jozak S (1995) The effect of pre-eclampsia on human placental corticotrophin-releasing hormone content and processing. Placenta 16:375–382
93. Goland RS, Jozak S, Warren WB et al (1993) Elevated levels of umbilical cord plasma
corticotropin-releasing hormone in growth-retarded fetuses. J Clin Endocrinol Metab
77:1174–1179
94. Ahmed I, Glynn BP, Perkins AV et al (2000) Processing of procorticotropin-releasing hormone (pro-CRH): molecular forms of CRH in normal and preeclamptic pregnancy. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab 85:755–764
95. Giles W, O’Callaghan S, Read M et al (1997) Placental nitric oxide synthase activity and
abnormal umbilical artery flow velocity waveforms. Obstet Gynecol 89:49–52
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
25
Chapter 3
Pain Control During Labour
C. Benedetto, M. Zonca, L. Bonino, S. Blefari and E. Gollo
Labour pain is described as a complex, subjective and multidimensional experience characterized by severe pain. Usually, labour is divided into three stages. The
first stage is defined as the beginning of regular uterine contractions until cervical dilatation is completed. The second stage is from the end of the first stage until
the delivery of the fetus, and the third stage continues until the placenta and membranes have been discharged. During the first stage the pain is mainly visceral and
mediated by the T10–L1 segments of the spine, while during the second stage,
an additional somatic component is present, mediated by the S1–S4 segments of
the spine.
It may be speculated that labour pain involves both maternal and fetal
aspects. The increased maternal levels of catecholamines, as a consequence of
pain, could lead to detrimental effects on a less well fetus (particularly if there
is poor placental function). Catecholamines on the one hand increase maternal
heart rate, stroke volume and heart contractility, causing an increase in the
myocardial workload and oxygen consumption; on the other hand they also
increase peripheral vasoconstriction, causing a decrease in placental perfusion.
Moreover, labour pain is associated with hyperventilation, which leads to respiratory alkalosis and ultimately causes metabolic acidosis and fetal hypoxia.
The treatment of pain gives relief to the mother and in theory could improve
fetal well-being (Fig. 1).
The goals of labour analgesia are to: (1) give good pain relief, (2) be safe for the
mother and the fetus/newborn, (3) be easy to manage and adapt for each woman,
and (4) have known and predictable effects and not interfere with the dynamics of
labour and the motor blockade.
Pain relief during labour can be achieved by non-pharmacological and pharmacological analgesia. The former includes transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS), acupuncture, hydrotherapy, hypnotherapy, massage, movement and
positioning, and psychological support; the latter includes analgesia by inhalation,
parenteral opioids and locoregional blockade (paracervical, epidural or combined
spinal-epidural).
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
25
26
C. Benedetto et al.
Fig. 1 Hypothetical effect of pain relief on fetal well-being. Labor pain increases maternal
catecholamines and causes hyperventilation: both could lead to detrimental effects on less well
fetus, such as hypoxya and metabolic acidosis, through the action on the cardiovascular, respiratory and metabolic system. The pain rilief given to the mother may improve fetal well-being
Non-pharmacological Analgesia
Non-pharmacological analgesia can be useful to give relief to the mother. However,
the results of the few available controlled trials are contradictory. Further welldesigned randomized controlled trials are needed [1].
Pharmacological Analgesia
The inhalation of a mixture of 50% N2O/O2 has no detrimental effects on the mother and the fetus/newborn, but it is no longer used because of its poor efficacy in
pain relief.
Parenteral opioids give good pain relief when given in high doses, but can cause
respiratory depression, hypotension and a decrease in myometrial contractility in
the mother, and severe respiratory depression in the baby [2]. They have hence been
used at lower doses, but with limited analgesic effects on labour pain. Fentanyl is
the preferred choice in obstetrics because of its short neonatal half-life (5.3 h vs
20–60 h for meperidine).
3 Pain Control During Labour
27
Epidural analgesia is the most flexible and effective and least depressing on the
central nervous system of all other pharmacological techniques. New forms of
epidural analgesia use a combination of opioids and local anaesthetics in low doses, instead of traditional techniques, which employ only local anaesthetics. The
advantages of adding an opioid during the first stage of labour are that it has greater
efficacy on visceral pain, and does not interfere in motor functions, allowing the
mother to walk. Maternal motor function during the second stage of labour is also
preserved by the use of local anaesthetics such as levobupivacaine and ropivacaine,
which selectively block the sensor fibres [2]. Epidural analgesia should be used only
during the first stage of labour in order to avoid prolonging labour, and in order not
to risk an increase in instrumental deliveries (Table 1).
In our hospital epidural analgesia during labour is widely used: it is employed
in 32% of vaginal deliveries. Like other authors, we have observed no significant
differences in the rate of caesarean section, and a significant increment in oxytocin
augmentation as significant increment in oxigen augmentation between patients
receiving epidural analgesia and controls. In contrast with published data, we have
not observed an increase in instrumental vaginal deliveres, probably because we used
epidural analgesia only during the first stage of labor.
In our experience, the Apgar score is not influenced by epidural analgesia. A
meta-analysis by the Cochrane Library did not reveal any effects of epidural analgesia on fetal heart rate, meconium abnormalities or the number of newborns with
an Apgar score lower than 7 at 5 min. Neonates of mothers with epidural analgesia had les risk of having a pH below 7.2 in the umbilical artery (Table 1).
Combined spinal-epidural (CSE) analgesia consists in a single intrathecal
injection of opioids with or without local anaesthetics plus epidural analgesia.
It gives rapid pain relief, minimal motor blockade and faster cervical dilatation,
and is associated with more spontaneous deliveries and fewer instrumental deliveries than epidural analgesia. Some authors observed severe fetal bradycardia
within 60 min after the administration of spinal fentanyl and an increased risk
of caesarean sections because of fetal heart rate abnormalities. However, the Task
Force on Obstetrical Anaesthesia and Consultants [3] agree that combined
spinal-epidural does not increase the risk of fetal or neonatal complications. The
use of labour analgesia (epidural, combined spinal-epidural) does not affect
breast feeding [4].
Table 1 Epidural versus non-epidural or no analgesia in labour (21 studies involving 6,664
women were included)
Outcome
Relative risk
95% CI
Oxytocin augmentation
1.18
1.03–1.34
Caesarean section
1.07
0.93–1.23
Instrumental delivery
1.38
1.24–1.53
Apgar score <7 at 5 min
0.70
0.44–1.10
Umbilical artery pH < 7.2 at delivery
0.80
0.66–0.96
28
C. Benedetto et al.
In any case, the type of labour analgesia must be chosen by the woman together with her obstetrician and anaesthesiologist and should neither be forced nor
refused.
References
1. Eltzchig HK, Liberman ES, Camann W (2003) Regional anesthesia and analgesia for
labor and delivery. N Engl J Med 348:319–332
2. Sharma SK, Sidawi JE, Ramin SM et al (1997) Cesarean delivery: a randomized trial of
epidural versus patient-controlled meperidine analgesia during labor. Anesthesiology
87:487–494
3. Task Force on Obstetrical Analgesia (1993) A report by the American Society of
Anesthesiologists. Practical Guidelines for Obstetrical Anesthesia
4. Anim-Somuah M, Smyth R, Howell CJ (2005) Epidural versus non-epidural or no analgesia in labour [review]. Cochrane Database Syst Rev issue 4, art no CD000331. DOI:
10.1002/14651858.CD000331.pub2
PART II
Fetal Pain
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
31
Chapter 4
Ultrasound and Fetal Stress: Study of the Fetal
Blink-Startle Reflex Evoked by Acoustic Stimuli
C. Bocchi, F.M. Severi, L. Bruni, G. Filardi, A. Delia, C. Boni, A. Altomare,
C.V. Bellieni and F. Petraglia
The development of ultrasound techniques opened a window on the prenatal world.
Since the early 1990s, bidimensional ultrasonography has played an important role
in the study of certain fetal behaviours in attempts to understand fetal well-being.
Certain fetal attitudes can be likened to those subsequently seen in newborns [1].
Study of fetal circulation by Doppler ultrasonography in parts of the fetal body such
as the middle cerebral arteries has also clearly shown that certain pathophysiological and pathological conditions cause a redistribution of normal fetal circulation,
indicating a change in fetal status.
The introduction of three-dimensional and four-dimensional (i.e. three-dimensional in real time) ultrasonography has enabled a more detailed morphological evaluation of the fetus, improving not only the definition but also the perception of certain fetal attitudes, such as facial expressions, in response to specific stimuli [2].
The uterus is an optimal, stimulating and interactive environment for fetal growth.
Touch, the first sense that develops in the fetus, is fundamental for communication
and human experience. The uterus is a protected but not isolated environment, where
the embryo moves from an early age. Myocardial movements can be detected at
week 4. These are followed by head rotation and movements of the arms and legs.
By week 10, the embryo can be observed bringing hands to head, opening and closing the mouth and swallowing. By week 14, the repertoire of movements is complete. Fetal movements may be spontaneous, reflecting individual needs of the fetus,
or may be evoked, reflecting fetal sensitivity to its environment.
The word habituation is used to indicate decrease or cessation of an evoked
response after repeated presentation of the same stimulus. It is based on the brain’s
capacity to process short-term and long-term information. Habituation to visual,
acoustic, olfactory and taste stimuli has been extensively studied in newborns [3].
Habituation depends on the capacity of the central nervous system to learn to recognize a stimulus: once habituation has occurred, the stimulus is ignored. Normal
habituation to stimuli is therefore considered by researchers to express neurological well-being as it is based on learning [4].
With regard to learning capacity, fetal memory was first recognized in 1925.
Recent experiments show that newborns have functional memory, development of
which evidently began in the prenatal period. Prenatal memory is presumably rudimentary, developing quantitatively and qualitatively as the baby matures [4].
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
31
32
C. Bocchi et al.
Hypotheses about fetal memory functions currently being studied include recognition and bonding with the mother, breast feeding and the acquisition of language.
We know that newborns remember tastes and odours perceived in the uterus and
that these prenatal perceptions may influence future preferences of the baby. Recent
studies have shown that the uterine environment has an acoustic background consisting of sounds between 50 and 60 dB, among which the mother’s voice, which
is also transmitted by the bones, stands out. The sounds heard during prenatal life
are recognized by fetuses and may have a relaxing effect on the baby.
The structural and functional development of hearing is complete around week
23 and this is the first sense to become completely mature. The fetus responds first
to low frequencies, then to higher frequencies as gestation proceeds. Newborns have
been found to recognize music that the mother listened to during pregnancy, and to
recognize sounds that became familiar after week 30 [5].
Habituation to acoustic and vibrational stimuli has been tested by applying a
sound at 80–110 dB every 5 s (range 4–7 s). At an intensity of 109 dB fetal heart
rate increases, whereas at 103 dB fetal movements increase. Habituation is inversely proportional to gestational age [6] and does not depend on whether the fetus was
quiet or active before application of the stimulus [7].
In our study [8] we evaluated the fetal blink-startle reflex, a complex reflex that
appears around weeks 24–25, becoming very evident at week 28. Its presence indicates integrity of the seventh and eighth cranial nerves, and it is evoked by external stimuli. Long-term habituation of this reflex involves the brainstem. Electromyography (EMG) studies in adults have shown that it is altered in schizophrenia
and psychoses and by caffeine intake.
Inclusion criteria of the study were: normal singleton pregnancy at 30–34 weeks
with mothers fasting for at least 2 h, newborn 5-min Apgar score greater than 8 and
negative neurological examination. The 22 pregnant women studied had a mean gestational period of 32 weeks.
A vibrational-acoustic stimulus, produced by an Amplicord model 95S laryngophone, was applied repeatedly to the maternal abdomen before the beginning of the
routine ultrasound examination scheduled at 30–34 weeks’ gestation (Siemens
Sonoline Elegra Millennium edition with 3-D module). The blink-startle reflex was
evaluated in a quiet environment, doing a coronal scan of the fetal face at suitable
magnification. The stimulus was applied every 10 s until there was no fetal response
to two consecutive stimuli.
The fetuses required four stimuli to habituate (mean 4.54, range 1–9). Delivery
was spontaneous in 17 cases and by caesarean section in five cases. The newborns
were 9 boys and 13 girls, all of normal weight (mean 3375 g). Mean hospital stay
was 3.6 days (range 2–6 days).
The data of the present study, in which the blink-startle reflex was tested in a
population of normal fetuses, provides a useful reference for our population. It will
make it possible to detect future changes in this reflex, which could be a useful sign
of neurological damage in high-risk pregnancies.
4 Ultrasound and Fetal Stress: Study of the Fetal Blink-Startle Reflex Evoked
33
References
1. Da Silva FC, de Sá RA, de Carvalho PR, Lopes LM (2007) Doppler and birth weight Z
score: predictors for adverse neonatal outcome in severe fetal compromise. Cardiovasc
Ultrasound 5:15
2. Pilu G, Segata M, Ghi T et al (2006) Diagnosis of midline anomalies of the fetal brain
with the three-dimensional median view. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 27:522–529
3. Gonzalez-Gonzalez NL, Suarez MN, Perez-Piñero B et al (2006) Persistence of fetal
memory into neonatal life. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 85:1160–1164
4. Hepper PG (1996) Fetal memory: does it exist? What does it do? Acta Pediatr 416:16–20
5. Johansson B, Wedenberg E, Westin B (1992) Fetal heart rate response to acoustic stimulation in relation to fetal development and hearing impairment. Acta Obstet Gynecol
Scand 71:610–615
6. Van Heteren CF, Boekkooi PF, Schiphorst RH et al (2001) Fetal habituation to vibroacoustic stimulation in uncomplicated postterm pregnancies. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod
Biol 97:178–182
7. Sarinoglu C, Dell J, Mercer BM, Sibai BM (1996) Fetal startle response observed under
ultrasonography: a good predictor of a reassuring biophysical profile. Obstet Gynecol
88:599–602
8. Bellieni CV, Severi F, Bocchi C et al (2005) Blink-startle reflex habituation in 30–34 week
low-risk fetuses. J Perinat Med 33:33–37
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
35
Chapter 5
Prenatal Affective Exchanges and
Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
C. Dolto
This paper is the result of 23 years of haptotherapeutic clinical work with men,
women, and children in difficulties and of pre- and postnatal haptonomic accompaniment of pregnancies, normal as well as pathological ones. After training as a
pediatrician and several years of psychoanalysis and extensive work with Françoise
Dolto (including attending her seminars), I discovered haptonomy in 1979. I committed myself to this practice, which seemed to promise many new possibilities for
therapeutic fields, especially in relation to the prevention of problems in parent–child
relationships. What this practice has actually brought has far surpassed my hopes.
It was Frans Veldman, a Dutchman, who discovered and developed haptonomy.
He defines it as the science of affectivity and psychological–tactile (haptic) contact.
It takes its name from the Greek verb hapto, which means “I touch in order to cure,
to put together.” It is a phenomenological, empirical (from the Greek emperia, experience), and human science; it enables one to approach the human being in the reality of the meeting, in the “here and now”, in his or her entirety, avoiding any dissociation or hierarchy between body, psyche, and affectivity. Haptonomy allows us
to step out of the psyche/soma dichotomy in which we have been enclosed for centuries.
Haptonomy proposes a sophisticated theory of the human person and human
development very different from that of psychoanalysis, but cognitive discovery of
this theoretical corpus will never enable real understanding of its essence. In haptonomy, understanding passes through feeling and experience before moving on to
naming and analyzing. Hard cognitive work is, however, absolutely necessary to
acquire a complete grasp of this complex thought.
Haptonomy is very much inspired by phenomenology. It builds a “phenomenality,” which means a corpus of observable, identifiable, and reproducible phenomena which characterize the human affective life.
Haptonomy’s theoretical, multidisciplinary, neurophysiological, anatomoclinical,
and psychological background enables it to embrace the perpetual relationship which
binds body and mind. Haptonomic phenomenality opens the door to a multilayered
world where each level is related to the others through the effects of affective confirming contact and of personal experience of tenderness. The feeling of being complete brought about by this contact is essential for human development. This approach
demonstrates that there is not one single memory but several memories, more or less
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
35
36
C. Dolto
archaic, more or less consciously active, which take place in our whole corporeality and the entries to which are sensorial. Emotions, being experiences, play a critical role in a person’s overall construction as well as in the construction of memories. The hapto-psychotherapeutic method leads us to think that the question of infantile amnesia should be reconsidered in the light of new discoveries. Very often children tell the story of their birth, or describe it, without even knowing what it is. But
this is has nothing to do with the phenomena of recovered memories.
Contact
The skin is tremendously important. It is the first sensorial organ the child may use
in utero (the skin receptors are functional as of the 7th week of gestation) and the
first organ of communication and exchange. The sense of touch is the one sense
that is always reciprocal. In order to avoid this reciprocity (which they regard as a
pitfall), medicine and paramedical disciplines have advocated an objective touch,
which unfortunately results in a distance between the person approaching and the
one being approached. Haptonomic phenomenality shows that the objective touch,
being stressful, distorts the exchange. It induces reactions which hinder the clinical
exam and warp the diagnosis. We use a particular contact, which needs to be learned
and which we call psychotactile affective–confirming contact. Furthermore, perceptions and sensations coming from the interior of the body of the child mean a
great deal to the child.
Affective Confirmation
According to haptonomy, the subject, being an autonomous source of desire, searches as early as conception for security. For this, the subject discriminates, very precociously, between what is good and what is bad for him. The psychotactile affective–confirming contact provides affective confirmation. It is indispensable for the
proper development of the subject, who can then unfold all the possibilities gathered in his significant constellation, of which phylogenetic and ontological data are
basic elements. In order to express itself, these genetic data need representation experiences, meetings, in which the subject’s experiencing of his own goodness, in a
mutually experienced affective environment of security, plays a decisive part. These
exchanges, made of emotions, belong to the field of epigenetic evolution right from
prenatal life. We know how important the epigenetic influence can be: it explains
cerebral plasticity, which lasts until the end of life and enables one to escape the
tyranny of one’s genes, which is comforting.
The German notion of Lust, poorly translated as “pleasure” in English, is key to
understanding the development of a healthy being. The experience of pleasure, in
5 Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
37
an environment of affective security and reciprocity, enables the individual to
mature, his intellect to blossom, and promotes psychic well-being. Because of the
structural importance of pleasure (Lust), we will speak about sensuality, and not sensoriality, from the beginning of fetal life. “Sensuality” means here sensorial perceptions effected by a feeling of pleasure or displeasure, of security or insecurity.
This already plays a big part in prenatal life. To explain all this, haptonomy elucidated concepts and a theory which are impossible to give in detail here. However,
I am going to cite some critical milestones to help you understand the following
clinical elements.
Tone
“Representation tone” is a vital, integral, physical concept which embraces muscular tone, tension in tendons, ligaments, and capsules, interstitial tissue turgor, arterial tension, lymph circulation tension, as well as “psychotone” – the tension and
strength of psychic expression. Representation tone is usually perceived as a quality of presence other people can feel and to which they react. In daily life, we speak
about a nice presence, an anxious presence, an insecure presence, or, by contrast, a
peaceful, open, and reassuring presence. Everybody knows how babies are receptive to the quality of presence of the people around them. They perceive the representation tone of nearby adults in an unaware way, on an affective level, prerational
and prelogical. Reciprocally, they answer this with an adapted representation tone.
Perception of this tone is even more important during prenatal life. When the child
is in the womb, it feels all variations, whether comfortable or uncomfortable, secure
or insecure, enabling freedom of movement or forced immobility.
Prenatal Accompaniment
We receive the couples in individual sessions, if possible starting right at the beginning of pregnancy, but most people start only at the 4th or 5th month of pregnancy. If a situation of distress arises for the child, mother, or father at a later stage in
the pregnancy, an experienced haptotherapist can intervene to propose a different
kind of work adapted to the urgent situation. I quite often receive women who are
at risk of a premature delivery.
This kind of approach relies on the desire and involvement of both parents. If
the father does not wish to experience the pregnancy in this way, it is impossible
to do it. Otherwise we would risk hindering the relationships within the parentchild triad in a potentially negative way, not knowing when and how their affective bonds will be touched. If the father has disappeared for good, the mother will
be asked to choose another person to accompany her. This person – usually a
38
C. Dolto
woman – will not be a substitute for the father, who is present in the child whatever the situation, but will enable the child to avoid a dual relationship with the
mother, which would be oppressive for both of them. The third person, whether
parent or not, is the one who opens up the relationship and thus prevents motherchild fusion.
We meet the couples at least eight times before the birth, more if necessary. The
prenatal work must absolutely be followed by postnatal sessions, which are carried
out in a very specific way. The last session, a very important one, takes place when
the child stands up and starts walking. This accompaniment to parenthood cannot
be compared with birth preparation, even though it certainly leads up to this major
event, which is totally modified, particularly with regard to pain, by the development of the affective mother/father/child relationship.
The Intimate and the Extimate in the Secrecy of the Mother’s
Womb
From the Mother’s Point of View
The psychotactile affective–confirming contact activates the subcortical channels as
well as the whole limbic system and has direct effects on hormonal secretions
(endorphins, cortisol) and on the muscular tone of the striated muscles, through the
regulation of the neuromuscular spindles. The tone in the smooth muscles is modified in relation with striated muscles but through ways which are still unknown.
As soon as a woman has established affective contact with the child she is bearing
in her womb, her muscle tone modifies, creating an important change in her perceptions of her own body. She feels relaxed, at ease, and the muscle tone of her
uterus becomes much more supple, even though she may have a hard time on an
emotional or physical level. Her breath changes, without her even knowing it; her
joints become more flexible. The child perceives these changes and immediately
reacts to them by a slight movement of the spine.
Thanks to the possibilities offered by the affective contact, a woman can rock her
child from within, inviting it to move towards her heart or her pelvis, to one side
or the other, by the modification of tone that she thus induces in her womb. (The
uterus muscles and abdominal muscles are experienced collectively as a tender, welcoming place for the child.) The child is moved in the direction in which she invites
it. If it is awake it goes along with the movement. In this way the mother can invite
one twin towards the top and the other one towards the bottom, enabling a specific playtime with each of the children. The discovery of these possibilities is always
a very joyful surprise for the mother. It is even more important for a depressive mother, or for an ambivalent mother who hesitated to keep her child, or for a mother who
feels powerless to help a child who is in danger.
5 Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
39
From the Father’s Point of View
The father first alerts the child to his presence through his manner of accompanying the mother. We teach fathers different ways to bring comfort to the mother,
through rocking and easing the arch of the back. This simple contact, if it is affective-confirming, modifies the mother’s muscular tone. It brings to her, and thus to
the child, relaxation and ease. If a tense and tired woman lays down, the child starts
moving intensely, in a jerky and abrupt way, enjoying the relative ease in the uterus
provided by this position. However, if the father applies a light and tender touch,
the child stops moving and remains quiet under his hand, which reassures both mother and child. After 5–10 min of quiet rest under this soothing hand, it will start its
games again with a calmer, softer motion.
Fathers also play a very important part for their children through their voice.
Unlike the mother’s voice, which always vibrates the womb – the child’s home –
in the same way, the sporadic voice of the father envelops the child from different
points and enables it to consider space. As of the third month of pregnancy, children react to a voice which is directed at them. If they like it, they go nearer (unless
the mother prevents them from doing so). As is well known, until the beginning of
the third trimester of the pregnancy hearing is not functional, but the skin, which is
very sensitive, catches vibrations. I have been told that ancient obstetricians saw the
skin of the fetus as a big ear. We experience this every day.
From the Child’s Point of View
Let me say first that children give motor answers. They come nearer, go away, or
sway by moving their pelvis, by leaning or pushing on the uterus wall, in an infinite number of variations. Twins play together. But motivity is a very subtle language; moving is not answering, stamping one’s feet is not swaying. It is important
to understand rhythm, amplitude, and the direction of each movement within the
complexity of interactions between anatomy and physiology. It is clinically so obvious that parents very quickly feel these subtleties. When everything is fine, the mother accompanies her child from within in each of its movements, without even noticing it, thanks to what we call prelogical, prerational affective awareness. But she
can also immobilize her child if she is not feeling well, if she is afraid, or if she is
having a conflict, consciously or not, with the person who is trying to approach her
child.
We find out that, long before birth, children are paying attention to everything
that surrounds them: messages coming from their mother through the highly subtle interactions which bond them, but also exterior sounds and atmospheres. They
receive them through their mother’s feelings but also directly. They seem to be alert
to any kind of sign. If a gentle and light hand calls them and then withdraws, they
40
C. Dolto
look for it: a real “hide and seek” game starts as long as the child is available. If
the hand comes quietly, children will come and nestle under it and stay there. All
children imperceptibly sway to the mother’s breath. If we invite them to magnify
their movement and they are awake and available, they take control of the swaying:
its amplitude, rhythm, length, and direction. They can choose a lateral or up-anddown swaying, or a whirling around their axis, this movement being always very
slow. These are real dances we perceive very clearly under our hands, to the point
that the parents and the accompanying person feel the child is now rocking them.
As of the 4th month of pregnancy, children are able to choose one kind of swaying, to memorize it, and moreover, to propose it to their parents, provided that the
mother is available. Some children like only one kind of swaying, others change
and go from one to the other every 5–10 s. We communicate with them through
slight changes of hand weight and pressure. They make themselves known, each in
their own way, surprising their parents, who thus get to know them long before the
birth meeting. These dances are not only joyful manifestations, in reaction to our
invitation or on their own initiative, they are also valuable signs of their state. A
child who is not well will neither sway nor invite his parents.
These children – mobile, playful, attentive to the world and sensitive to tenderness – are the ones you take care of in your neonatal services, when the prematurity drama abruptly rushes them into an incubator. There they desperately suffer
while discovering their new, constricted condition. They are pinned to their little
bed by gravity, deprived of their usual reassuring gestures (sucking their thumb, playing with their umbilical cord, placenta, or feet, masturbating, or swallowing amniotic liquid) because of their lack of motor coordination. They have lost their freedom and any kind of potential initiative; they are now submissive and become passive. Many of them escape into their own world and anesthetize their perceptions;
they dissociate themselves, which later on will influence their way of living. I am
often brought newborns, just come out of neonatal services, who are suffering from
what I call the “Sleeping Beauty syndrome.” They are passive, waiting to be animated, to be brought back to life. You really have to call upon them strongly, physically but also on the emotional and psychological levels, to help them get out of
this survival state, which is not really life.
Interactions Within the Triad
We are obviously in an extremely subtle universe. It is a tiny theater where each
one plays a part. But we should not be fooled: even when the child is very small,
even when its big answers seem small to us, in the palm of the hand, in the interior feelings of the mother, all of this is extremely precise. The accompanying person needs meticulous training and a long maturation period in order to be totally
confident with his or her action. Such a subtle approach in such a sensitive period
requires constant ethical reflection and responsibility.
5 Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
41
The Exchange Dynamics
Through the tender contacts provided by its parents, the child receives affective confirmation, thanks to which it develops a feeling of a basic security. Reciprocally,
the child answering to its parents gives them affective confirmation and they become
mutually established. This ternary dynamic, this circulation of affective confirmations between the members (this is also the case in multiple pregnancies), is essential.
When a mother cannot be with her child, the child does not express itself much,
and even if it moves, it never really enters a dialogue or proposes anything. When
the mother is in conflict with the father, she does not accompany the child in its
answers, and we can feel that the child has difficulty going closer to its father. A
certain kind of “viscosity” shows the child’s difficulty in clearing its own way, almost
in spite of its mother. Sometimes the child is totally immobilized without the mother knowing what she is doing. Our work is to help her become aware of this and
understand why things are happening this way so that she can overcome this difficulty. Most of the time it is quite easy to find the path back towards maternal feelings. What makes things difficult is anxiety, fear, and uncertainty. Modern medicine often creates these feelings to the point that they can become pathogenic. As
of the in-utero life, the child looks for contact with its mother, and its quality of
perception is stunning. If the child is in a moment of “dance,” as I like to call these
swaying sequences, it stops as soon as the mother thinks of something else and is
no longer connected with it. These maternal withdrawals may be for insignificant
or dramatic reasons. We adapt our approach depending on their origin. Sometimes
they end up in laughter, when the mother got lost in a funny thought about the child,
which led her to lose contact with the here and now of the relationship. Sometimes
they end up in tears.
When the pregnancy is developing fine, all this brings pleasure to the parents and
their child; they mature and change together. Newborns who have been well accompanied are born with excellent axial tone; they can immediately support their head.
They are at the same time very awake, peaceful and smiling. They are usually rather
precocious. With them you have to review pediatric semiology. Actually, this suggests that the haptonomic child is not precocious, but rather that all other children
are slowed down by their lack of security and of affective confirmation. When one
feels secure, one can go quicker and further.
Tragedies
Such a vast and complex subject deserves a lengthy treatment. What I feel I can
strongly affirm today is that, as of the life in utero, children can help their parents
going through difficult moments. Are they already driven by a therapeutic urge? This
42
C. Dolto
is difficult to prove, but they concretely assert themselves in crucial moments in a
singular manner. When women are ambivalent, self-derogatory, feel guilty for not
being the ideal mother they had imagined, hurt by receiving news of a developmental
or inherited disorder in the child or by mourning, very often the child is the one
who comes to help them in a most effective way. It goes up to her heart, where it
rocks quietly, while she is crying or saying very painful or violent things. Sometimes
it goes up to her heart in the deepest moments of despair. That is the child’s way
of telling her that she is a good enough mother. Even if she considered having an
abortion or if she does not feel capable of being a mother, the child shows her that
here and now she is its mother and that it is doing fine. It is obviously a great help
for the mother, who is thus surprisingly able to get over very painful hurdles.
I must admit that I am not always able to say what is really happening during
this period where we are in what I like to call the “totally intertwined mother and
child.” Who signals whom? It is not always possible to know, but a good accompaniment should only help to enable the bond to be permeable between the two,
and then these astonishing and undoubtedly effective affective exchanges will happen under our eyes. When a woman is not well, the presence of the father (or the
third person) is essential, because the child reacts to his approach and this helps the
mother to come back to her child. A bipolar situation would lead them to a dead
end, a total incapacity to change, symptomatic of a bond frozen in pain and reinforced by the feeling of guilt. But the third person, contacting the child, enables it
to assert itself and find its path towards its mother alone.
The suspicion of a handicap, for which you might have to wait weeks before
getting a confirmation or an invalidation, leaves long-lasting traces. Some parents
come to me because they want to contact their child who is going to suffer a medically required abortion because of a severe malformation. These sessions are
always moving and, strangely enough, both sad and happy. Parents have the opportunity to hold the hand of their condemned child until the end. During its short inutero life, it will have received the goodness of their affection. That is exactly how
you accompany a sick child to the end of its life, too. We work then for the future
of the parents, and brothers and sisters already here or to be born. Experience has
taught us that mourning is easier thus, whereas a mourning not properly done would
weigh on several generations.
When the karyotype is normal, the child still needs to be helped to face life.
Traces of these moments of doubt may poison the life of a family for years. Parents
then have to retie a bond of confidence with it. The affective exchanges give the
child the courage to live. This is pretty obvious when the child has to go through a
very medicalized birth and a period in neonatal services. Children with a good
accompaniment fight for life but remain quiet. They have developed a strong tolerance for frustration. This happens very quickly. Sometimes, very late in the gestation, we contact for the first time children who have endured a lot of ultrasound
scans, or even some fetal surgery. Usually when I apply my hands, even though the
mother knows and trusts me, the child goes through a moment of panic and of abrupt
agitation before slowly regaining peace. These children are intensely open to con-
5 Prenatal Affective Exchanges and Their Subsequent Effects in Postnatal Life
43
tact, as if their ordeals had given them, more than others, a taste for communication. Experience shows that just one meeting with the parents can be enough; if they
were really perceptive, the qualitative change is so radical that the child comes into
the world quiet and peaceful, like one who has been accompanied for a long time.
Inhibition and depression are inseparable and it is interesting to discover that they
are already tied in prenatal life. Depression inhibits maternal feeling or a mother’s
capacity to express it. She tightens her womb around the child and thus inhibits the
relational dynamics of the child. This has definite effects on the constantly, quickly evolving child. Anxiety and anguish have the same inhibiting effects. The child
withdraws, loses its impulses, just as if it were trying to fade away, then suddenly
moves very abruptly or stamps his feet. Even if the child’s development is not, most
of the time, modified to the point of being medically serious, postnatal work with
children shows that there are some traces left on the personality. Direct and indirect traces coming from the experience of the mother before and during the birth
strongly influence her behavior with the baby.
There is no doubt that early prenatal ordeals or problems in the weeks following the birth leave much deeper influences than we thought until now. During the
first 9 months of life, what Françoise Dolto suggested to us has been confirmed:
children (and their parents) experience anniversary syndromes related to difficult
periods of the pregnancy. The anguish of the 8th or 9th month can be considered
as an anniversary syndrome of the anguish experienced by the mother (and/or father)
and hence the child around its birth. If a child or its parents go through an ordeal
at 4 or 5 months into the pregnancy, we have to recommend that the parents be very
attentive to their baby when it reaches 4 or 5 months after birth. Very often they
experience some sort of dysfunction. Merely speaking with them about what happened for them and their parents at 4 or 5 months in the womb makes everything
return to normal. This is extremely important for premature babies.
This knowledge should not upset parents and practitioners facing traumatic
events and their inevitable effects. On the contrary, knowledge of these powerful
affective interactions around pregnancy enables us to help a great deal by giving
the chance to speak about old or current difficulties in an affective proximity with
the child. By allowing each other – especially the child – their place along with the
dignity of their story, there is an immediate therapeutic effect and they become free
of a burden that would have been too heavy. Some children start psychotherapy work
around 6 or 7 years old with a pathology that makes me immediately think about a
birth story. If this happens to be the case, we just need to tell the story, making the
child the hero of the story – his story, from which he came out victorious – which
proves he has powers which he can rely on. We then see the child straightening up
and entering his epic, being proud of it, no longer crushed by it. This should always
be tried before giving up when a child or a teenager who had early prenatal or postnatal problems is in trouble.
Memories of prenatal pain or difficulties during the first separation, the birth and
the delivery, arise throughout life each time there is an abrupt transition, a separation, each time it is necessary to get mobilized to play a part in the world. In these
44
C. Dolto
moments, the effects of early maternal depression, prenatal tragedies, or traumatic
birth reappear, particularly during adolescence (but also at the menopause or when
retiring). We notice that the child or the teenager experiences heavy inhibitions to
act, to dare, which might put them in a conflictual position, because they live with
a strong desire to express themselves. The child who is born in fear, in anxiety, who
has spent months in an incubator, who tried to be born, but in vain, or, on the contrary, was been born asleep when he was not ready, bears traces of this trauma, such
as forbidden dynamics, lack of confidence in himself, in life, in others, lack of
courage and strength. We can work on all this in a much simpler way than we think.
It is surprising to see the power and duration of the positive or negative impacts of
these first deep affective imprints. People suffer into old age because of the bond
they had with their mother as small children, or in good cases are supported and
carried through the hardest ordeals by the mutual trust and the affective security
they experienced in the most archaic part of their life. The first psychoaffective layer has an incredible value.
There would be fewer pathological cases if we accepted the fact that the accompaniment of children and parents during this very sensitive period should be sustained by much ethical and political consideration, always trying to respect the
necessity of mutual affective security. The first months of life, from conception, echo
all the way along the path they initiate and unquestionably orient, and affect society as a whole. It is always possible to help later, but prevention avoids much suffering. These statements call upon our individual and collective responsibility.
Further Readings
Busnel MC (ed) (1993) Ce que savent les bébés. Édition Jacques Grancher, Paris
Damasio AR (1995) L’erreur de Descartes. Odile Jacob, Paris
Decant-Paoli D (2002) L’haptonomie. Que sais-je? Presses Universitaires de France, Paris
Dolto F (1997) Le sentiment de soi. Gallimard, Paris
Dolto C (1998) Le sentiment de sécurité de base. In: de Tichey C (ed) Actes du colloque
“Psychologie Clinique et prévention”, Nancy. Editions et applications psychologiques,
Paris
Dolto C (2002) Sécurité affective, émotions et développement de l’identité: l’haptonomie.
In: Mellier D (ed) Vie émotionnelle et souffrance du bébé. Dunod, Paris
Edelman GM (1992) Biologie de la conscience. Odile Jacob, Paris
Hochmann J, Jeannerod M (1991) Esprit est-tu là? Odile Jacob, Paris
Prochiantz A (1994) La biologie dans le boudoir. Odile Jacob, Paris
Tassin JP (1991) Biologie et inconscient. In: Le cerveau dans tous ses états: entretiens avec
Monique Sicard. Presses du CNRS, Paris
Veldman F (1989) L’haptonomie, science de l’affectivité. Presses Universitaires de France,
Paris
Veldman F (1990) Prolégomènes à une neurophysiologie de la phénoménalité haptonomique.
In: Présence haptonomique no. 2, Paris
Veldman F (1999) Haptonomie, science de l’affectivité. Presses Universitaires de France,
Paris, 1999
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
45
Chapter 6
Pain in the Fetus
G. Noia, E. Cesari, M.S. Ligato, D. Visconti, M. Tintoni, I. Mappa, C. Greco,
G.P. Fortunato and A. Caruso
Introduction
All the recent data about the physiology of the fetus and its active role into the
womb allow us to consider the fetus as a biological protagonist in the intrauterine environment. This capacity can be detected during both the embryonic and
the fetal period. The pre-implantation blastocyst is biologically autonomous,
because it can provide nutriments for itself during the trip from the oviduct to
the site of implantation [1] and has an active role in the choice of the implantation site [2].
The relationship between the mother and the fetus starts immediately through biochemical dialogue, which is fundamental to good implantation: β-HCG induces the
production of progesterone by the mother, while many molecules, such as early pregnancy factor (EPF), cause immunological tolerance in the mother [3]. During the
fetal period also the conceptus is a “protagonist”, promoting cellular traffic with the
mother and to initiating labour. For these reasons, in the field of prenatal medicine,
we need to consider the fetus as a patient, and the old concept of fetal well-being
must be transformed in the new science of fetal medicine, which includes both treatment and diagnosis.
In our centre the main approaches to fetal therapy are transplacental, invasive
ultrasound-guided and (at present only in experimental animals) open fetal surgery.
Many of these procedures require transgression of the fetal body (e.g. thoracentesis, paracentesis, cystocentesis, pyelocentesis, shunt placement and fetal tissue
biopsy) so, in our opinion, the important question is: does the fetus feel pain?
Fetal Pain Indicators
The definition of pain proposed by the International Association for the Study
of Pain (“an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience associated with actual or potential tissue damage, that is described in term of such damage”) is not
adapted to dealings with the newborn or the fetus, because it assumes recognition and verbal expression of experience. We therefore need to use “indicators”
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
45
46
G. Noia et al.
of fetal pain. From the literature we can distinguish different types of indicators:
– Anatomical
– Cytochemical
– Neurophysiological
– Hormonal/haemodynamic
– Behavioural
Anatomical Indicators
Peripheral cutaneous sensory receptors develop early in the fetus. They appear in
the perioral cutaneous area at around 7–8 weeks of gestational age and later in the
palmar regions (10–10.5 weeks), abdominal wall (15 weeks) and then all over the
body (16 weeks). The peripheral sensory neuron synapses on a dorsal horn interneuron, which stimulates the ventral horn motor neuron. These synapses are responsible for motor reflexes, which allow withdrawal of the limb from noxious stimuli
(8 weeks) [4].
Many studies have focused on presence of thalamic fibre synapses to cortical
plate to assess whether fetuses feel pain: there are no studies of thalamocortical
fibres in relation to fetal pain, so we will analyse studies on other thalamocortical circuits. Kostovic and Rakic have shown that the density of cortical plate
synapses increases around 26 weeks of gestational age, but histological analysis
of eight fetuses showed that thalamic projection reached the visual cortex at
23–27 weeks of gestational age [5]. Krmpotic-Nemanic et al. showed that the auditory cortex was reached at between 26 and 28 weeks of gestation, and in one case
cortical plate penetration was shown at 24 weeks [6]. These data are confirmed
by a study of eight fetuses that demonstrated mediodorsal afferents to frontal cortex at 24 weeks [7].
Several studies have shown that before thalamic fibres reach the cortex they
synapse on subplate neurons, that is a waiting “compartment” before the cortical plate. Thalamic projections reach the somatosensory subplate at 18 weeks
[8]. There is evidence that neurons in the subplate zone initiate excitatory neurotransmission in the cortex, influencing the development of fetal cortical circuits [9]. These neurons may play a role in nociception transmission to the cortex.
Cytochemical Indicators
In the human fetus substance P appears in the dorsal horn at 8–10 weeks’ gestation
[10] and enkephalin at 12–14 weeks [11].
6 Pain in the Fetus
47
Neurophysiological Indicators
EEG is a measure of the electrical activity of cortical neurons. A primitive EEG is
present from 19 weeks; from 22 weeks it is possible to recognize a continuous EEG
pattern that is typical of the awake state and of REM sleep in the neonate.
Somatosensory evoked potentials, which test the activity of the spinal cord, transmitting visceral pain sensation, are measurable from 24 weeks [12, 13].
Positron emission tomography has showed that glucose utilization is maximal in
the sensory areas of the fetal cortex, implying high levels of activity [14].
In neurobehavioural studies in drug-addicted patients, the recording of fetal cardiotocographic patterns showed a cerebral involvement (between 27 and 35 weeks
of gestation) of these patterns, demonstrating the presence of opiate receptors in
these fetuses [15, 16].
Hormonal/Haemodynamic Indicators
Stress hormones, normally released by adults experiencing pain, are released in massive amounts by the fetuses subjected to needle puncture to draw a blood sample
[17, 18]. Redistribution of blood flow occurs after acute painful stimuli [19].
In a fundamental study for research into fetal pain, Fisk has shown that after
intrahepatic vein (IHV) procedures, fetal plasma cortisol and endorphin increased
two to six times, whereas the fetal middle cerebral artery (MCA) pulsatility index
(PI) decreased by two standard deviations, consistent with the centralization or
“brain sparing” response. These hormonal and haemodynamic responses can be
prevented by the administration of opioid analgesic (fentanyl) in the fetus [20,
21]. In another study, Fisk et al. demonstrated that noradrenaline (norepinephrine) and corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) concentrations increase after
acute stress and that these events are independent from maternal responses [17,
22, 23].
The presence of opiate receptors in the fetal bladder was demonstrated by Noia
et al., who measured the term of fetal micturition in drug-addicted patients by serial ultrasound evaluation until 18th week [16, 24].
Behavioural Indicators
Behavioural indicators of pain include withdrawing from painful stimuli, changes
in vital signs, and facial movements. Preterm neonates of 26 weeks’ gestation exhibit cutaneous withdrawal reflex after acute stress [25], and scalp sampling increases
heart rate in some fetuses [26]. Some studies have identified a special set of facial
48
G. Noia et al.
expressions, similar to those of adult pain perception, that is present during invasive procedures in the premature neonate of 30 weeks’ gestation [27–30].
Long-Term Sequelae
There is increasing evidence that early painful or stressful events can sensitize an
individual to later pain or stress. Many invasive procedures resulting in acute pain,
chronic pain, and prolonged stress – and also antenatal maternal psychological problems such as complications of past pregnancies or the current one, anxiety before
and after invasive karyotyping, or mental disorders of the mother – can be dangerous if they happen during a critical window associated with epochal brain development.
Characteristics of the immature pain system in fetuses (such as a low pain
threshold, prolonged periods of windup, overlapping receptive fields, immature
descending inhibition) predispose them to greater clinical and behavioural sequelae from inadequately treated pain than older age groups [31]. Repetitive pain in
neonatal rat pups can lead to an altered development of the pain system associated
with decreased pain thresholds during development [32]. Evidence for developmental plasticity in the neonatal brain suggests that repetitive painful experiences
during this period may alter neuronal and synaptic organization [19]. It is evident
from animal study that prenatal stress can modify adaptive capacities throughout
the entire life of animals: the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal (HPA) axis mediates
the animal’s responses to perinatal stressful events and thus serves as a neurobiological substrate of the behavioural consequences of these early events.
In an elegant study, Vallee et al. [33] showed that stress potentiates the age-related increase in circulating glucocorticoids levels in rats. They also demonstrated a
reduction of hippocampal glucocorticoid receptors, which could be responsible, at
least in part, for this prolonged corticosterone secretion observed after stress in prenatally stressed rats. In addition, they showed that prenatal stress enhances age-related memory impairments; thus, they hypothesized that elevated glucocorticoid levels could cause neuronal loss in the hippocampus, with subsequent impairment of
cognition and memory [33].
In the primate model, exposure to a 2-week period of exogenous ACTH is associated with impaired motor coordination and muscle tonicity, reduced attention span
and greater irritability [34]. Exposure to stress in utero is associated with higher levels of ACTH and cortisol in stressed newborns and with lower scores for attention
and neuromotor maturity after birth [35, 36].
As we know, the HPA and immune systems are mutually regulatory and their
interactions partially determine the effects of stress on immune function. Premature
alteration of the HPA axis can cause alteration of the immune function, and thus
prenatal stress could also have long-term implications in respect of infectious and
autoimmune diseases.
6 Pain in the Fetus
49
In primates prenatal stress effects also appear to vary with the stage of pregnancy at which disruption occurs. Disruption during early pregnancy increases cellular immune responses, whereas prenatal stress exposure during mid- to late pregnancy can be immunosuppressive in adult offspring [37].
In rats, Gorczynski observed that stress-related immunosuppression (as measured
by antibody responses and skin graft rejection) was most pronounced in offspring
born from prenatally stressed dams [38]; prenatal stress accelerates the onset and
increases the prevalence of diabetes in the non-obese diabetic (NOD) mouse model of insulin-dependent diabetes [39].
In humans, several studies demonstrated that early pain or stress (both in utero
and in the neonatal period) impairs the physiological development of the nervous
system, the HPA axis, and the immune system, producing long-term altered susceptibility to pain, to inflammatory diseases and to psychiatric disorders in later
life.
It is important to understand the concept of “development plasticity”, which
means that one genotype can become many phenotypes depending on different environmental conditions during development [40]. Preterm neonates who had experienced 4 weeks of neonatal intensive care unit therapy manifested decreased behavioural responses and increased cardiovascular responses to the pain of a heel prick
compared with neonates born at 32 weeks [41]. Taddio et al. demonstrated that children undergoing ritual circumcision immediately after birth without any kind of
anaesthesia react more vigorously to vaccination at 2 months of age then those who
received anaesthesia before surgery [42]. Other studies focused on hypersensitivity and hyperalgesia in the wound area after surgery [43].
The best evidence for an effect of maternal stress on the physical development
of the baby comes from a study which has examined the links between prenatal stressors and fetal brain development. Information about stress was obtained from 3021
pregnant women by questionnaire. The 70 most stressed patients were compared
with 50 controls. The authors found that antenatal stress is associated with a lower gestational age, lower birth weight, smaller head circumference and worse score
on the neonatal neurological examination [44].
Zappitelli et al. showed that the mother’s emotional state has a role in abnormal
development of the neural dopaminergic system and can lead to attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in early childhood [45].
To test the role of maternal stress during pregnancy in psychiatric and behavioural disorders, a retrospective epidemiological study was conducted. One hundred and sixty-seven persons were identified whose fathers had died before they
were born; a control group comprised 168 persons whose fathers had died during
their 1st year of life. The number of diagnosed schizophrenics treated in psychiatric hospitals and the number of persons committing crimes were significantly
higher in the index than in the control group. The results suggest that, especially
during months 3–5 and 8–9 of pregnancy, maternal stress may increase the risk of
psychiatric disorders in the children, perhaps mediated through the inborn temperament of the child [46].
50
G. Noia et al.
The studies by Bracha et al. of schizophrenia in twins are very interesting.
Concordances in subtypes of monozygotic twins can be used to investigate the influence of prenatal development in the aetiology of mental illness. The results of Bracha
et al. indicate that simple monozygotic concordance rates may overestimate the heritability of schizophrenia, and that prenatal development may also be important in
its aetiology. These authors thought that the second prenatal trimester is the critical period of the massive neural cell migration to the cortex and of the migration
of fingertip dermal cells to form ridges. By determining differences in the fingertip ridge count of monozygotic twins discordant for schizophrenia, they demonstrated that prenatal stressors may contribute to the aetiology of schizophrenia. They
analysed 30 pairs of monozygotic twins, 23 pairs in which the twins were discordant for schizophrenia and 7 pairs in which both twins were normal. In the discordant for schizophrenia pairs, no pair had the same number of digital ridges, despite
their homozygosity. The authors concluded that twins, even homozygous ones, can
react differently to the same maternal stress during the second trimester of pregnancy [47, 48].
It is our daily experience that invasive procedures can induce the pregnant mother to stop up “the channels” with her baby during the time when she is waiting for
the answer on a prenatal diagnosis. Women who have an amniocentesis put their
feelings on hold: what happens is a kind of separation of body and mind. The woman
alienates herself from her own body and, by implication, from the child growing
within her [49]. In our opinion this can be a severe insult to the developing fetus,
and psychological support for these women could be an act of future social prevention.
Discussion
Some authors distinguish nociception from pain: the former is just an activation of
anatomical pathway while the latter requires the presence of consciousness [50, 51].
Recently, Lee and colleagues published a systematic review that caused an interesting debate among scientists [52]. This is the first review about fetal pain. Many states
in the USA are considering legislation requiring informed consent regarding analgesia for the fetus during abortion procedures after 20 weeks of gestation. Georgia and
Arkansas have already approved such statutes [53, 54], so the authors ask: “Does the
fetus have the functional capacity to feel pain?” They undertook a systematic review
via PubMed of English-language articles on fetal pain. A multidisciplinary team revisited all the articles. They conclude that evidence regarding the fetus’s feeling of pain
is limited, and anyway it is unlikely that there is pain perception before the third
trimester. The authors state that pain is an emotional and psychological experience
that requires conscious recognition of a noxious stimulus. The presence of an anatomical pathway and other indicators does not mean that pain perception exists [52].
Derbyshire affirms that pain perception requires the development of representational
6 Pain in the Fetus
51
memory, that is acquired only after birth [55]. Other authors state that studies on pain
in preterm infants are not applicable to fetal pain perception, because “the fetus is
actively maintained asleep (and unconscious) throughout gestation and cannot be woken by nociceptive stimuli”. According to the authors, if the fetus is never awake it cannot be conscious and thus cannot feel pain. They try to demonstrated that the fetus is
always asleep because in utero there are some chemical suppressors of fetal behaviour and cortical activity such as adenosine, allopregnanolone, pregnanolone and
prostaglandin D2. They also point to the warm temperature in the uterus and the presence of amniotic fluid, which induces sleep and protects the fetus from tactile stimulation. All these factors produce inhibition of cortical activity that is responsible, in
their opinion, for the differences between fetus and neonate in their responses to stimuli, such as the response to hypoxia, which causes an arousal reaction in the neonate
and depression in the fetus. In our opinion, it has been widely shown in the scientific literature that fetuses have access to a great deal of sensation in the uterus: they can
perceive sound, the changing taste of the amniotic fluid, touch and pressure stimuli
to the mother’s abdomen, changes in light and dark and changes in balance [56–58].
The review by Lee and colleagues has many limitations. The first issue to discuss is the question of whether consciousness a condition necessary for the feeling
of pain. According to the Oxford English Dictionary, pain is “a strongly unpleasant bodily sensation such as is produced by illness, injury or other harmful physical contact” [59]. Probably when a pregnant woman asks if her fetus can feel pain,
she does not mean a conscious rationalization of pain. This is important for wellinformed counselling of the women. Moreover, as Austin suggests [60], some of
statements from which the author draws his conclusions must be questioned. The
first is a semantic matter: according to the International Association for the Study
of Pain, “each individual learns the application of the word [pain] through experiences related to injury in early life”. This definition has limited biological and clinical application: in order to experience pain, the individual must first learn what pain
is, and in order to learn what pain is, he must first experience it. This is a neverending circular argument.
The second point is: Derbyshire claims that the perception of pain requires the
development of representational memory; but, although memory may be necessary
for the interpretation of pain, it is not for its perception. Even if the fetus does not
recognize pain, the experience still remains unpleasant [60].
Despite their limited scientific significance, fetal pain indicators must be borne
in mind especially because they are clinical signs of pain during surgery in unconscious and anaesthetized adults and paediatric patients [61].
The evidence that early exposure to noxious stimuli has adverse effects on future
neural development is increasing [12, 62]. It follows that noxious stimulation may
not need the presence of consciousness to alter the course of sensory development.
In our opinion this debate is strongly motivated by the question around voluntary termination. Claiming that abortion can cause fetal pain has important consequences for the personal ethics of both the parents and the clinicians – but this fear
must not impede a scientific and honest search for the truth.
52
G. Noia et al.
Conclusions
The American Academy of Pediatrics Fetus and Newborn Committee wrote a statement on the prevention and management of pain and stress in the neonate. The objectives of the statement are to:
– Increase awareness that neonates experience pain.
– Provide a physiological basis for neonatal pain and stress assessment and management by health care professionals.
– Make recommendations for reduced exposure of the neonate to noxious stimuli
and to minimize associated adverse outcome.
– Recommend effective and safe interventions that relieve pain and stress [63].
Opioid analgesia for minor and major procedures has been shown in randomized
trials to reduce metabolic and biophysical stress responses, postoperative morbidity and mortality and abnormal imprinting of subsequent pain responses in infancy
[64].
Premature neonates are fetuses out of the intrauterine environment. Prevention
or treatment of pain is a basic human right regardless of age and the humane care
given to premature babies needs to be extended to the fetus.
We hope that all fetal medicine units will really take care of the well-being of
the fetus, which is to take care of the well-being of the person for his entire life.
References
1. Buhi WC, Alvarez IM, Koumba AJ (2000) Secreted proteins of the oviduct. Cell Tissues
Organs 166:165–179
2. Duc-Gorain P, Mignot TM, Bourgeois C, Ferre F (1999) Embryo-maternal interactions
at the implantation site: a delicate equilibrium. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol
83:85–100
3. Di Trapani, Orozco C, Cock I, Clarke F (1997) A re-examination of the association of
“early pregnancy factor” activity with fractions of heterogeneous molecular weight distribution in pregnancy sera. Early Pregnancy 3:312–322
4. Okado N, Kojima T (1984) Ontogeny of the central nervous system: neurogenesis, fibre
connection, synaptogenesis and myelination in the spinal cord. In: Prechtl HFR (ed)
Clinics in developmental medicine: continuity of neural functions from prenatal to postnatal life, vol 94. Lippincott, Philadelphia, pp 34–45
5. Kostovic I, Rakic P (1984) Development of prestriate visual projections in the monkey
and human fetal cerebrum revealed by transient cholinesterase staining. J Neurosci
4:25–42
6. Krmpotic-Nemanic J, Kostovic I, Kelovic Z et al (1983) Development of the human fetal
auditory cortex: growth of afferent fibres. Acta Anat (Basel) 116 :69–73
7. Kostovic I, Goldman-Rakic PS (1983) Transient cholinesterase staining in the mediodorsal nucleus of the thalamus and its connections in the developing human and monkey
brain. J Comp Neurol 219:431–447
8. Kostovic I, Rakic P (1990) Developmental history of the transient subplate zone in the
visual and somatosensory cortex of the macaque monkey and human brain. J Comp
Neurol 297:441–470
6 Pain in the Fetus
53
9. Clancy B, Silva Filho M, Friedlander MJ (2001) Structure and projections of white matter neurons in the postnatal rat visual cortex J Comp Neurol 434:233–252
10. Charnay Y, Paulin C, Chayvialle JA, Dubois PM (1983) Distribution of substance P-like
immunoreactivity in the spinal cord and dorsal root ganglia of the human foetus and
infant. Neuroscience 10:41–55
11. Charnay Y, Paulin C, Dray F, Dubois PM (1984) Distribution of enkephalin in human
fetus and infant spinal cord: an immunofluorescence study. J Comp Neurol 223:
415–423
12. Vanhatalo S, van Niuewenhuizen O (2000) Fetal pain? Brain Dev 22:145–150
13. Torres F, Anderson C (1985) The normal EEG of the human newborn. J Clin
Neurophysiol 2:89–103
14. Chugani HT, Phelps ME (1986) Maturational changes in cerebral function in infants determined by 18FDG positron emission tomography. Science 231:840–843
15. Noia G, Arduini D, Rosati P et al (1985) Osservazioni preliminari sul behaviour fetale
nelle gravidanze tossicodipendenti. In: Utopie e prospettive in ginecologia ed ostetricia.
Monduzzi, Bologna, pp 349–357
16. Noia G, Caruso A, Mancuso S (1998) Le tecniche multiple invasive di diagnosi e terapie
fetali e al storia naturale delle malformazioni. In: Le terapie fetali invasive, vol 4. Società
Universo, Rome, pp 154–173
17. Giannakoulopoulos X, Sepulveda W, Kourtis P et al (1994) Fetal plasma cortisol and beta
endorphin response to intrauterine needling. Lancet 344:77–81
18. Giannakoulopoulos X, Teixeira J, Fisk NM, Glover V (1999) Human fetal and maternal
noradrenaline responses to invasive procedures. Pediatr Res 45:494–499
19. Smith RP, Gitau R, Glover V, Fisk NM (2000) Pain and stress in the human fetus. Eur J
Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 92:161–165
20. Fisk NM, Gitau R, Teixeira JM et al (2001) Effect of direct fetal opioid analgesia on fetal
hormonal and hemodynamic stress response to intrauterine needling. Anesthesiology
95:828–835
21. Texeira JM, Glover V, Fisk NM (1999) Acute cerebral redistribution in response to invasive procedures in the human fetus. Am J Obstet Gynecol 181:1018–1025
22. Gitau R, Fisk NM, Teixeira JM et al (2001) Fetal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal stress
responses to invasive procedures are independent of maternal responses. J Clin Endocrinol
Metab 86:104–109
23. Gitau R, Fisk NM, Glover V (2004) Human fetal and maternal corticotrophin releasing
hormone responses to acute stress. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 89:F29–F32
24. Noia G, Rosati P, Cicali B et al (1985) Urodinamica fetale: Studio ecografico preliminare in pazienti farmaco-dipendenti. Minerva Ginecologica, pp 681–684
25. Andrews K, Fitzgerald M (1994) The cutaneous withdrawal reflex in human neonates:
sensitization, receptive fields, and the effects of contralateral stimulation. Pain 56:95–101
26. Spencer JA (1991) Predictive value of fetal heart rate acceleration at the time of fetal blood
sampling in labour. J Perinat Med 19:207–215
27. Craig KD, Whitfield MF, Grunau RV et al (1993) Pain in the preterm neonate: behavioural and physiological indices. Pain 52:287–299
28. Xia C, Yang L, Zhang X (2002) Response to pain by different gestational age neonates
J Huazhong Univ Sci Technolog Med Sci 22:84–86
29. Craig KD, Prkachin KM, Grunau RV (2001) Facial expression of pain . In: Turk DC, Melzack
R (eds) Handbook of pain assessment, 2nd ed. Guilford Press, New York, pp 153–169
30. Craig KD, Hadjistavropoulos HD, Grunau RV, Whitfield MF (1994) A comparison of
two measures of facial activity during pain in the newborn child. J Pediatr Psychol
19:305–318
31. Anand KJ, Phil D, Hickey PR (1987) Pain and its effects in the human neonate and fetus.
N Engl J Med 317:1321–1329
32. Anand KJ, Barton BA, McIntosh N et al (1999) Analgesia and sedation in preterm
neonates who require ventilatory support: results from the NOPAIN trial. Neonatal
outcome and prolonged analgesia in neonates. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 153:
331–338
54
G. Noia et al.
33. Vallee M, Maccari S, Dellu F et al (1999) Long-term effects of prenatal stress and postnatal handling on age-related glucocorticoid secretion and cognitive performance: a longitudinal study in the rat. Eur J Neurosci 11:2906–2916
34. Schneider ML, Coe CL, Lubach GR (1992) Endocrine activation mimics the adverse
effects of prenatal stress on the neuromotor development of the infant primate. Dev
Psychobiol 25:427–439
35. Clark AS, Wittner DJ, Abbott DH, Schneider ML (1994) Long-term effects of prenatal
stress on HPA axis activity in juvenile rhesus monkeys. Dev Psychobiol 27:257–269
36. Schneider ML, Roughton EC, Koehler AJ, Lubach GR (1999) Growth and development
following prenatal stress exposure in primates: an examination of ontogenetic vulnerability. Child Dev 70:263–274
37. Reves TM, Coe CL (1997) Prenatal manipulations reduce the proinflammatory response
to a cytokine challenge in juvenile monkeys. Brain Res 769:29–35
38. Gorczynski RM (1992) Conditioned stress responses by pregnant and or lactating mice
reduce immune responses of their offspring after weaning. Brain Behav Immun
6:87–95
39. Saravia-Fernandez F, Durant S, el Hasnaoui A et al (1996) Environmental and experimental procedures leading to variation in the incidence of diabetes in the nonobese diabetic (NOD) mouse. Autoimmunity 24:113–121
40. Barker DJ (1997) Fetal nutrition and cardiovascular disease in later life. Br Med Bull
53:96–108
41. Johnson CC, Stevens BJ (1996) Experience in a neonatal intensive care unit affects pain
response. Pediatrics 98:925–930
42. Taddio A Kats J, Ilersich AL, Koren G (1997) Effects of neonatal circumcision on pain
response during subsequent routine vaccination. Lancet 349:599–303
43. Andrews K, Fitzgerald M (2002) Wound sensitivity as a measure of analgesic effects following surgery in human neonates and infants. Pain 99:185–195
44. Lou HC, Hansen D, Nordentoft M et al (1994) Prenatal stressors of human life affect
fetal brain development. Dev Med Child Neurol 36:826–832
45. Zappitelli M, Pinto T, Grizenko N (2001) Pre-, peri-, and postnatal trauma in subjects
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Can J Psychol 46:542–548
46. Huttunen MO, Niskanen P (1978) Prenatal loss of father and psychiatric disorders. Arch
Gen Psychiatry 35:429–431
47. Bracha HS, Torrey EF, Gottesman II et al (1992) Am J Psychol 149:1355–1361
48. Davis JO, Phelps JA, Bracha HS (1995) Prenatal development of monozygotic twins and
concordance for schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull 21:357–366
49. Cederholm M, Sjödén PO, Axelsson O (2001) Psychological distress before and after prenatal invasive karyotyping. Act Obstet Gynecol Scand 80:539–545
50. Benatar D, Benatar M (2001) A pain in the fetus: toward ending confusion about fetal
pain. Bioethics 15:57–76
51. Glover V, Fisk NM (1999) Fetal pain: implications for research and practice. Br J Obstet
Gynaecol 106:881–886
52. Lee SJ, Ralston HJ, Drey EA et al (2005) Fetal pain: a systematic multidisciplinary review
of the evidence. JAMA 294:947–954
53. Unborn Child Pain Awareness and Prevention Act (2005). To be codified at Ark Cde Ann
20–16–1101 to 1111
54. Woman’s Right to Know Act. To be codified at Ga Code Ann 31–9A-4
55. Derbyshire SWS (2006) Can the fetus feel pain? BMJ 332:909–912
56. Lecanuet JP, Schaal B (1996) Fetal sensory competencies. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod
Biol 68:1–23
57. Kiuchi M, Nagata N, Ikeno S, Terakawa N (2000) The relationship between the response
to external light stimulation and behavioral states in the human fetus: how it differs from
vibroacoustic stimulation. Early Hum Dev 58:153–165
58. Visser GH, Mulder EJ (1993) The effect of vibro-acoustic stimulation on fetal behavioral state organization. Am J Ind Med 23:531–539
59. Concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English, 9th ed (1995) Oxford, Clarendon Press
6 Pain in the Fetus
55
60. Austin J (2006) The problem of pain. Rapid Responses to Derbyshire SWG Can fetuses feel pain. BMJ 332:909–912
61. Sites BD (2006) Fetal pain. JAMA 295:160
62. Valman HB, Pearson JF (1980) What the fetus feels. Br Med J 26:233–234
63. Anonymous (2000) Prevention and management of pain and stress in the neonate.
American Academy of Pediatrics. Committee on Fetus and Newborn. Committee on
Drugs. Section on Anesthesiology. Section on Surgery. Canadian Paediatric Society. Fetus
and Newborn Committee. Pediatrics 105:454–461
64. Anand KJ, Costun V, Thrivikraman KV et al (1999) Long term behavioural effects of
repetitive pain in neonatal rat pups. Phys Behav 66:627–637
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
57
Chapter 7
New Insights into Prenatal Stress: Immediate and
Long-Term Effects on the Fetus and Their Timing
K. O’Donnell and V. Glover
Introduction
A burgeoning literature emphasizes the importance of the in-utero environment on
a range of fetal, neonatal, infant and adult health-related outcomes. This period of
prenatal development, characterized by rapid growth and development, is a time of
increased vulnerability, when intrauterine insults can have deleterious effects on
emerging systems and structures. One important factor which affects the in-utero
environment is maternal stress.
The immediate effects of prenatal stress relate to fetal well-being and the possible experience of the fetus. In this chapter we will discuss fetal stress responses,
the potential for the fetus to feel pain, and the immediate and long-term effects of
maternal stress on the fetus.
Fetal Stress Responses
Human fetal endocrine responses to stress have been demonstrated from 18 weeks’
gestation. Our group first demonstrated increases in fetal plasma concentrations of cortisol and β-endorphin in response to needling of the intrahepatic vein (IHV) for
intrauterine transfusion [1]. Fetuses receiving the same procedure of transfusion, but
via the non-innervated placental cord insertion, failed to show these hormonal responses [2]. The fetal cortisol response, independent of the mother’s, was observed from
20 weeks’ gestation, but increased with gestational age. A similar but faster response
is seen in fetal plasma noradrenaline (norepinephrine) levels to IHV needling. This,
too, is observed in fetuses from at least 18 weeks, and is independent of the maternal response [3]. Human intrauterine needling studies that involve transgression of the
fetal trunk have shown that brain sparing, as assessed by colour Doppler ultrasonography, affects the human fetus from at least 16 weeks’ gestation, with a decrease in
the pulsatility index of the middle cerebral artery, indicative of increased blood flow
to the brain [4], and an increase in pulsatility index of the femoral artery [5].
Thus, from these studies one can conclude that the human blood flow redistribution response to an invasive stimulus is functional from at least 16 weeks’ gestaG. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
57
58
K. O’Donnell and V. Glover
tion, that the sympathetic system with the release of noradrenaline is functional from
at least 18 weeks, and that the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal (HPA) axis is functionally mature enough to produce a β-endorphin response by 18 weeks and a cortisol response from 20 weeks’ gestation.
Fetal Experience and Fetal Pain
Stress responses and blood flow redistribution do not show that the fetus is feeling pain.
Production and release of stress hormones such as cortisol can be mediated by the hypothalamus, without involvement of the cortex or other higher brain regions involved in
sentience. Although stress hormones are increased when an individual suffers pain,
many other situations which are not painful, such as exercise, also increase levels.
We still do not know when the fetus starts to feel pain or when it starts to become
conscious [6]. This subject is particularly difficult because the understanding of the
physical basis of conscious awareness in the human adult is still limited. There may
not be a single moment when consciousness, or the potential to experience pain, is
turned on; it may come on gradually like a light on a dimmer switch [7]. Conscious
experience is associated with the activation and inactivation of populations of neurons
that are widely distributed in the thalamocortical system. The driving force of the activations of the thalamic cortical connections comes from lower in the brain stem, in the
reticular activating system, which is located in the evolutionarily older part of the brain
[8]. Waking consciousness is associated with low-level irregular activity in the electroencephalogram (EEG) ranging from 12 to 70 Hz [9]. However, sufficient conditions
for consciousness are hard to establish. Edelman and colleagues have discussed evidence for consciousness in different animal species and concluded that birds may well
be conscious, and it is even possible that the octopus is also [9, 10]. Both birds and
octopuses have brains as different from an adult human as does a mid-trimester fetus,
and their arguments suggest that we cannot be sure that for conscious experience it is
necessary to have a functional cerebral cortex similar to that in the human adult.
For the fetus to feel pain there must be functional connections between the peripheral nociceptive receptors and the sites in the brain necessary for conscious experience of pain. There is considerable evidence, from positron emission tomographic studies in adults, that when pain is experienced as unpleasant, there is activation
of a thalamic pathway which projects to areas of the cortex including the anterior
insula, the anterior cingulate and the prefrontal cortex [11]. When these pathways
are functional it is likely that the fetus or baby will feel pain. At earlier stages we
have to make an informed guess.
The nervous system of the human fetus develops gradually throughout gestation,
with the anatomical pathways and synapses forming first in the periphery and spinal
cord and then moving upwards into the brain. In the brain the lower structures are
connected first and then anatomical pathways are formed outwards towards the thalamus, the subplate zone (a region specific to the fetus which lies underneath the
cortex) and finally the cerebral cortex.
7 New Insights into Prenatal Stress
59
The first essential requirement for nociception is the presence of sensory receptors, which start to develop in the perioral area at around 7 weeks’ gestation [12].
Sensory receptors then develop in the rest of the face, and in the palmar surfaces
of the hands and soles of the feet from 11 weeks. By 20 weeks, they are present
throughout the skin and mucosal surfaces. In the first trimester stimulation of sensory receptors can result in local reflex movements involving the spinal cord but
not the brain. Thus the fact that a fetus of 12 weeks will move away if touched is
most unlikely to be associated with any conscious experience. As neurodevelopment
continues these reflex pathways connect with the brain stem, and sensory stimulation can cause other responses such as increases in heart rate and blood pressure.
Assuming that activity in the cerebral cortex or subplate zone is necessary for consciousness, then for the fetus to be conscious of an external stimulus, these regions
need to be connected with incoming nervous activity. Most incoming pathways,
including nociceptive ones, are routed through the thalamus and start to penetrate the
subplate zone from about 17 weeks. However, no human studies have examined the
development of thalamocortical circuits specifically associated with pain perception.
Physiological evidence concerning the function of these pathways is even more
limited than their anatomical development. There is evidence for a primitive EEG
from 19–20 weeks. Sustained EEGs are obtainable from preterm infants of
23 weeks’ gestation. Studies of evoked responses in preterm infants show that both
visual and somatosensory potentials can be elicited from 24 weeks and are well
developed by 27 weeks [13]. Clinical observations with preterm babies suggest that
the nociceptive system is functional at 24–26 weeks [14], but when exactly it starts
to function prior to this is not known.
Lee et al. [15] have stated that the capacity “for conscious perception of pain can
arise only after thalamocortical pathways begin to function, which may occur in the third
trimester around 29–30 weeks’ gestational age”. As discussed above, given the limitations of our current knowledge, this is unduly definite. Pain perception in the fetus may
not use the same pathways as in the human adult, just as it may not in other species,
such as the octopus [10]. Many fetal structures are different from those in the adult, and
may function in a different way. We do not know that in the fetus thalamocortical pathways are essential for any perception of pain. Connections from the thalamus to the subplate zone may be sufficient, for example. If Lee et al.’s reasoning were correct, it would
imply that the majority of premature babies in intensive care do not feel pain either.
We suggest that the current evidence, although still limited, makes it quite likely that the fetus can feel pain from 26 weeks, and very unlikely that it can feel pain
before 17 weeks. It is possible that some sensory experience of pain may start by
about 20 weeks.
Immediate Effects of Prenatal Maternal Experience on the Fetus
By mid-gestation a fetus is rapidly responsive to a diverse array of environmental
stimuli [16]. Animal studies have demonstrated a myriad of negative effects upon
60
K. O’Donnell and V. Glover
the fetus, including changes in heart rate, blood pressure and reduced arterial oxygenation, providing evidence for direct effects of maternal stress reactivity on fetal
physiology [17, 18]. More recent studies demonstrate that distinct fetal behaviours,
such as changes in fetal heart rate in response to maternal psychological functioning, begin to emerge from 24 weeks [19].
Increases in fetal heart rate in the final trimester, following exposure to a cognitive stressor such as the Stroop test, were found to be greatest in mothers reporting
increased depressive symptoms [20], and increased with gestational age.
Paradoxically, this increase in the fetal response is in contrast to the progressive
blunting of the maternal stress response to such stressors [21]. Both the maternal
HPA axis and sympathetic system are found to become hyporesponsive to acute
physical and psychological stressors toward the latter stages of pregnancy [21, 22].
But as gestation advances, and the fetus matures, an increased sensitivity to maternal input is observed.
Long-Term Effects of Prenatal Maternal Stress on the Fetus:
Fetal Programming
The long-term effects of the fetal period have been highlighted by epidemiological
studies carried out by Barker and colleagues [23, 24]. They have shown that poorer fetal growth is associated with increased mortality due to coronary heart disease,
together with other aspects of the metabolic syndrome. A separate strand of research
has examined the long-term effects of prenatal stress on neurodevelopmental outcomes [25, 26]. There is now good evidence that if the mother is stressed, anxious
or depressed while pregnant, this increases the risk of her child having a range of
behavioural, emotional or cognitive problems. The most consistently observed
adverse outcome are symptoms of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, which
have been found in children between 4 and 15 years of age [27, 28]. However, other effects have also been described, such as increases in anxiety symptoms [27, 29]
and externalizing problems [29]. Separate studies have shown an effect of prenatal
stress on the cognitive development of the child, or its performance at school. These
studies have focused primarily on infants and young children, although one study
found an association between maternal antenatal stress and school marks at 6 years
[30]. Huizink and colleagues [31] reported an association between maternal reports
of daily hassles, pregnancy-related concerns and performance on the Mental
Developmental Index (MDI) at 8 months of age. Bergman et al. [32] have also found
that exposure to life events during pregnancy was associated with a significant reduction in the same scale in children of 14–19 months; there was no such link with
postnatal life events scores.
Maternal exposure to traumatic events during pregnancy has also been associated with children’s cognitive outcomes. Toddlers whose mothers were pregnant during the 1998 ice storm in Quebec – a disaster that resulted in the loss of electrici-
7 New Insights into Prenatal Stress
61
ty and water for up to 5 weeks – displayed lower MDI and language development
scores compared to standardized norms [33]. Investigating cognitive development
at later stages in childhood using assessments with greater predictive reliability
remains an important next step.
It is also of interest that in one recent study of financially and emotionally stable women, there was a small but significant positive association between antenatal stress and both the MDI and physical developmental index (PDI) of the Bayley
scales of infant development [34], suggesting beneficial effects of exposure to
small to moderate levels of antenatal stress on child developmental outcomes.
Antenatal stress has also been associated with altered adult outcomes, although
here studies have focused almost exclusively on psychopathology. Maternal exposure to traumatic events during pregnancy, for example, has been associated with
increased lifetime risk of developing psychiatric disorders. In a retrospective cohort
study, Van Os and Selten [35] demonstrated that the offspring of women who were
pregnant during the German invasion of the Netherlands in 1940 were at significantly increased risk for developing schizophrenia. These results were replicated
among a sample of Dutch adults whose mothers were pregnant during a devastating flood in 1953 [36]. An increased incidence of affective disorders has also been
observed in individuals exposed in utero to the effects of the Dutch winter famine
1944–1945 [37, 38].
The studies described have reported associations between antenatal stress and a
range of negative sequelae spanning infancy through to adulthood. However, other
factors impinging on the development of emotional/behavioural problems must also
be considered, ranging from shared genetic variance to indirect behavioural mechanisms of influence. The best evidence for an antenatal effect of psychological stress
comes from those studies in which the association between prenatal stress and negative outcomes remains even after controlling for maternal postnatal anxiety or
depression [27].
The periods of greatest vulnerability for fetal programming effects are not clear,
and are likely to differ for different outcomes. For emotional and behavioural problems one study found greater effects with maternal anxiety at 32 weeks than at
18 weeks [27].
Underlying Mechanisms: HPA Axis and Associated Biological
Processes
Investigators have focused primarily on the HPA axis in both mother and child as
the primary biological mechanisms underlying the long-term effects of prenatal
stress. In animal models, both rodent and non-human primate, the central role of
the HPA axis in mediating prenatal stress effects in both mother and offspring is
well established [39, 40]. Studies with non-human primates have provided convincing evidence that prenatal stress, and its associated increase in maternal HPA
62
K. O’Donnell and V. Glover
activity, is related to both short- and long-term negative sequelae in the offspring
[41], including impairments in attention as well as heightened levels of anxiety. The
central role of the maternal HPA axis has been demonstrated by showing that behavioural effects can be replicated by administering ACTH to the pregnant monkey [40]
and abolished by adrenalectomy [42].
There is much less understanding of the mechanisms underlying the apparent effects
of antenatal stress in humans, including the role of the HPA axis in mother or child.
In one study, O’Connor et al. [43] found maternal antenatal anxiety at 32 weeks predicted children’s morning cortisol concentrations after allowance was made for obstetric and sociodemographic factors. No links between children’s cortisol and maternal
anxiety or depression earlier in pregnancy or postnatally were observed [43].
There is evidence of a strong correlation between maternal plasma and fetal plasma cortisol levels [44], although fetal levels are about 10 times lower than maternal levels. Recent results demonstrate that the correlation between maternal and fetal
cortisol only becomes significant by mid-gestation [45].
Based on the animal literature, a primary hypothesis would be that if the mother is stressed, her cortisol rises and this in turn crosses the placenta in sufficient concentrations to affect fetal development. However, problems remain with this proposed mechanism in humans. In particular, maternal cortisol responses to stress
decrease markedly across gestation, such that by late pregnancy, the maternal HPA
axis can be quite unresponsive [22, 46, 47]. Thus, at the time in pregnancy when
there appears to be the strongest link between maternal and fetal cortisol, the maternal HPA axis becomes less sensitive to stress. It remains possible that at around midgestation, the maternal HPA axis is still responsive and there is passage of cortisol
from mother to fetus.
However, other mediating mechanisms are also possible; they just have not been
extensively studied in humans. For example, stress and anxiety cause substantial activation of the sympathetic–adrenal system and this could also be important.
Noradrenaline does not appear to cross the placenta [3], but could have indirect effects
upon the fetus by acting to cause contractions of the myometrium or by reducing
uterine blood flow by affecting trophoblastic invasion. A second possibility, supported
by recent in vitro and rodent work, may relate to the capacity of noradrenaline to
downregulate placental 11βHSD-2, the enzyme which metabolizes cortisol [48].
Conclusions
It is suggested that extra vigilance or anxiety, readily distracted attention or a hyperresponsive HPA axis may have been adaptive in a stressful environment during evolution, but exists today at the cost of vulnerability to neurodevelopmental disorders.
In animal models it has been demonstrated that effects of the in utero environment
may be transmitted to the second generation. The effects of prenatal stress on child
outcome should be a major public health concern.
7 New Insights into Prenatal Stress
63
References
1. Giannakoulopoulos X, Sepulveda W, Kourtis P et al (1994) Fetal plasma cortisol and betaendorphin response to intrauterine needling. Lancet 344:77–81
2. Gitau R, Fisk NM, Teixeira JM et al (2001) Fetal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal stress
responses to invasive procedures are independent of maternal responses. J Clin Endocrinol
Metab 86:104–109
3. Giannakoulopoulos X, Teixeira J, Fisk N et al (1999) Human fetal and maternal noradrenaline responses to invasive procedures. Pediatr Res 45:494–499
4. Teixeira JM, Glover V, Fisk NM (1999) Acute cerebral redistribution in response to invasive procedures in the human fetus. Am J Obstet Gynecol 181:1018–1025
5. Smith RP, Glover V, Fisk NM (2003) Acute increase in femoral artery resistance in
response to direct physical stimuli in the human fetus. BJOG 110:916–921
6. Glover V, Fisk N (1996) Do fetuses feel pain? We don’t know; better to err on the safe
side from mid-gestation. BMJ 313:796
7. Greenfield SA (1995) Journeys to the centres of the mind. Freeman, New York
8. Edelman DB, Tononi G (2000) A universe of conciousness. Basic Books, New York
9. Seth AK, Baars BJ, Edelman DB (2005) Criteria for consciousness in humans and other mammals. Conscious Cogn 14:119–139
10. Edelman DB, Baars BJ, Seth AK (2005) Identifying hallmarks of consciousness in nonmammalian species. Conscious Cogn 14:169–187
11. Lorenz J, Casey KL (2005) Imaging of acute versus pathological pain in humans. Eur J
Pain 9:163–165
12. Fitzgerald M (1994) Neurobiology of fetal and neonatal pain. In: Wall P, Melzack ER
(eds) Textbook of pain. Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh
13. Klimach VJ, Cooke RW (1988) Maturation of the neonatal somatosensory evoked
response in preterm infants. Dev Med Child Neurol 30:208–214
14. Fitzgerald M (1993) Development of pain pathways and mechanisms. In: Anand KIS,
McGrath PJ (eds) Pain research and clinical management. Elsevier, New York
15. Lee SJ, Ralston HJP, Drey EA et al (2005) Fetal pain: a systematic multidisciplinary
review of the evidence. JAMA 294:947–954
16. Austin MP, Leader LR, Reilly N (2005) Prenatal stress, the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, and fetal and infant neurobehaviour. Early Hum Dev 81:917–926
17. Morishima HO, Pedersen H, Finster M (1978) The influence of maternal psychological
stress on the fetus. Am J Obstet Gynecol 131:286–290
18. Myers RE (1975) Maternal psychological stress and fetal asphyxia: a study in the monkey. Am J Obstet Gynecol 122:47–59
19. DiPietro JA, Hilton SC, Hawkins M et al (2002) Maternal stress and affect influence fetal
neurobehavioral development. Dev Psychol 38:659–668
20. Monk C, Sloan RP, Myers MM et al (2004) Fetal heart rate reactivity differs by women’s
psychiatric status: an early marker for developmental risk? J Am Acad Child Adolesc
Psychiatry 43:283–290
21. DiPietro JA, Costigan KA, Gurewitsch ED (2005) Maternal psychophysiological change
during the second half of gestation. Biol Psychol 69:23–38
22. Kammerer M, Adams D, Castelberg Bv, Glover V (2002) Pregnant women become insensitive to cold stress. BMC Pregnancy Childbirth 2:8
23. Barker DJ, Osmond C (1986) Infant mortality, childhood nutrition, and ischaemic heart
disease in England and Wales. Lancet 1:1077–1081
24. Osmond C, Barker DJ, Winter PD et al (1993) Early growth and death from cardiovascular disease in women. BMJ 307:1519–1524
25. Van den Bergh BR, Mulder EJ, Mennes M et al (2005) Antenatal maternal anxiety and
stress and the neurobehavioural development of the fetus and child: links and possible
mechanisms. A review. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 29:237–258
26. Talge NM, Neal C, Glover V (2007) Antenatal maternal stress and long-term effects on
child neurodevelopment: how and why? J Child Psychol Psychiatry 48:245–261
64
K. O’Donnell and V. Glover
27. O’Connor TG, Heron J, Golding J et al (2002) Maternal antenatal anxiety and children’s
behavioural/emotional problems at 4 years. Report from the Avon Longitudinal Study of
Parents and Children. Br J Psychiatry 180:502–508
28. van den Bergh BR, Mennes M, Stevens V et al (2006) ADHD deficit as measured in adolescent boys with a continuous performance task is related to antenatal maternal anxiety.
Pediatr Res 59:78–82
29. Van den Bergh BR, Marcoen A (2004) High antenatal maternal anxiety is related to
ADHD symptoms, externalizing problems, and anxiety in 8- and 9-year-olds. Child Dev
75:1085–1097
30. Niederhofer H, Reiter A (2004) Prenatal maternal stress, prenatal fetal movements and
perinatal temperament factors influence behavior and school marks at the age of 6 years.
Fetal Diagn Ther 19:160–162
31. Huizink AC, Robles de Medina PG, Mulder EJ et al (2003) Stress during pregnancy is
associated with developmental outcome in infancy. J Child Psychol Psychiatry
44:810–818
32. Bergman K, Sarkar P, O’Connor TG et al (2007) Maternal stress during pregnancy predicts cognitive ability and fearfulness in infancy. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry
(in press)
33. Laplante DP, Barr RG, Brunet A et al (2004) Stress during pregnancy affects general intellectual and language functioning in human toddlers. Pediatr Res 56:400–410
34. DiPietro JA, Novak MF, Costigan KA et al (2006) Maternal psychological distress during pregnancy in relation to child development at age two. Child Dev 77:573–587
35. van Os J, Selten JP (1998) Prenatal exposure to maternal stress and subsequent schizophrenia. The May 1940 invasion of The Netherlands. Br J Psychiatry 172:324–326
36. Selten JP, van der Graaf Y, van Duursen R et al (1999) Psychotic illness after prenatal
exposure to the 1953 Dutch Flood Disaster. Schizophr Res 35:243–245
37. Brown AS, Susser ES, Lin SP et al (1995) Increased risk of affective disorders in males
after second trimester prenatal exposure to the Dutch hunger winter of 1944–45. Br J
Psychiatry 166:601–606
38. Brown AS, van Os J, Driessens C et al (2000) Further evidence of relation between prenatal famine and major affective disorder. Am J Psychiatry 157:190–195
39. Weinstock M (1997) Does prenatal stress impair coping and regulation of hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis? Neurosci Biobehav Rev 21:1–10
40. Schneider ML, Coe CL, Lubach GR (1992) Endocrine activation mimics the adverse
effects of prenatal stress on the neuromotor development of the infant primate. Dev
Psychobiol 25:427–439
41. Schneider ML, Moore CF, Kraemer GW et al (2002) The impact of prenatal stress, fetal
alcohol exposure, or both on development: perspectives from a primate model.
Psychoneuroendocrinology 27:285–298
42. Schneider ML (1999) Growth and development following prenatal stress exposure in primates: an examination of ontogenetic vulnerability. Child Dev 70:263
43. O’Connor TG, Ben-Shlomo Y, Heron J et al (2005) Prenatal anxiety predicts individual
differences in cortisol in pre-adolescent children. Biol Psychiatry 58:211–217
44. Gitau R, Cameron A, Fisk NM et al (1998) Fetal exposure to maternal cortisol. Lancet
352:707–708
45. Sarkar P, Bergman K, Fisk NM et al (2007) Ontogeny of foetal exposure to maternal cortisol using midtrimester amniotic fluid as a biomarker. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 66:636–640
46. Schulte HM, Weisner D, Allolio B (1990) The corticotrophin releasing hormone test in
late pregnancy: lack of adrenocorticotrophin and cortisol response. Clin Endocrinol
(Oxf) 33:99–106
47. Sarkar P, Bergman K, Fisk NM et al (2006) Maternal anxiety at amniocentesis and plasma cortisol. Prenat Diagn 26:505–509
48. Mairesse J, Lesage J, Breton C et al (2007) Maternal stress alters endocrine function of
the feto-placental unit in rats. Am J Physiol Endocrinol Metab 292:E1526–1533
PART III
Neonatal Pain
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
67
Chapter 8
Pain Assessment and Spectral Analysis
of Neonatal Crying
C.V. Bellieni and G. Buonocore
Pain assessment in newborns is a widely debated topic. There are currently various
methods of evaluating pain intensity in subjects who cannot express themselves in
words, since pain can be assessed indirectly through the increase in plasma β-endorphin and catecholamines before and after pain, and through analysis of facial
expression and complex movements of the extremities and of the changes in parameters such as oxygen saturation of the blood, heart rate and sweating of the palms.
More than 30 neonatal pain scales exist, but almost none is actually used in clinical settings. Many of them are multifactorial, i.e. they simultaneously take account
of fluctuations in oxygen saturation, blood pressure, and facial expression, but also
score gestational age, behaviour and so on [1–9]. The more complex scales are good
for research purposes, but only if we record the procedure in order to give the scorers the opportunity to assess the requested items in a later session. The most widely used are the PIPP (Premature Infant Pain Profile), NIPS (Neonatal Infant Pain
Scale) and DAN (Douleur Aiguë du Nouveau-né) (see Chap. 9).
Most current scales are specific and sensitive but scarcely functional: caregivers
are unable to take a blood sample or do some other painful operation and at the
same time evaluate and time three or four physiological parameters, as required
by certain scales. We recently published a work in which we studied the reliability of two of the most used pain scales for newborns [10]. We studied a group of
babies who underwent a routine heel prick, and compared the scores for the
babies’ pain given by three different operators. Operator 1 was the nurse who was
actually performing the heel prick; operator 2 was another nurse who did not perform the heel prick and was free to watch the baby and the saturometer closely;
operator 3 was a third scorer who recorded the procedure through a video camera
and scored the pain later. We studied two groups of babies, one made up of
preterm babies, to whom scores were given using the PIPP, and another of term
babies, for whom we used the NIPS. We used the score given by operator 3 as a
reference score, because she could give the scores in a calm frame of mind and
with the possibility of watching the video clip more than once. We found that, in
both groups, both scorers 1 and 2 gave results different from those given by scorer 3; in the case of PIPP these differences were higher than in the case of NIPS.
This difference may be due to the higher score range in PIPP, but could also be
due to the greater complexity of the scale.
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
67
68
C.V. Bellieni and G. Buonocore
At all events, nobody can measure changes in heart rate, oxygen saturation, make
the percentages of these variations or record to the split second the time babies spend
frowning and simultaneously perform an invasive procedure. The need for an easy
tool is clear.
Unifactorial assessment of acute pain through the observation of only one parameter (e.g. measuring crying length or heart rate variation) is unreliable, having low
specificity and sensitivity. Post-surgery assessment of pain (assessment of chronic
pain), by contrast, is easy and reliable using scales which are intended to evaluate
the pain level every 4–6 h: the most used are the CRIES scale (C: crying; R: requires
oxygen to maintain saturation greater than 95%; I: increased vital signs; E: expression; S: sleeplessness) and the EDIN scale (Echelle de la douleur et du inconfort
du nouveau-né).
Can we find an easier and more reliable way to measure acute pain in newborns?
Is crying analysis a possible path for this? Crying is simultaneously a sign, a symptom, and a signal, and is the infant’s earliest form of communication [11], but the significance and meaning of neonatal crying are still unclear [12] because different crying features reflect not different causes (e.g. hunger, pain, fussing) [13], but the amount
of distress caused [14–16]. Thus, gradations of crying may help a listener to narrow
down the range of possible causes only with the help of contextual information [14,
16–19]. In the last few years, pain scales have been developed to discriminate levels
of pain suffered by newborns [2, 5, 20–23], but in analyses of crying the level of pain
that has provoked it is rarely considered [24]. Simple assessment of pain through measuring the duration of crying or other isolated parameters has been criticized for being
neither sensitive, nor specific [25, 26]. In the 1960s crying was thought to be causespecific (hunger, pain) [27], but recent reports have not found such a close correspondence, and this lack of specificity would prevent its use as a reliable pain indicator when crying is produced without contextual indications [28].
In 2003 our research group began analysing features of pain crying. We thoroughly assessed the characteristics of crying for different levels of pain: previous
works had analysed pain crying, but without any regard to the different degrees
of pain the baby was experiencing, with the single exception of one preliminary
study [29]. We analysed a group of 56 healthy term babies during a common heel
prick to obtain blood for routine analyses. We scored pain through a validated pain
scale (DAN scale) and studied how the features of the crying varied according to
the pain the babies were experiencing [30]. We studied three features: the pitch
of the first cry emitted by the babies, the shape of the wave throughout the procedure, and, especially, the rhythmicity and constancy in time of the sound level. We chose these parameters because they are modulated by different parts of
the nervous system. Cry pitch is due to vagus nerve tone, i.e. to the parasympathetic system: stress causes a decrease in tone, causing increased tension in the
vocal cords innervated by the vagus nerve [31]. The rhythmic organization of
infant crying is a complex phenomenon. Like other rhythmic patterns (sucking,
walking), it has been correlated with central pattern generators [32], which are
neural networks that produce rhythmic patterned outputs endogenously (i.e. with-
69
8 Pain Assessment and Spectral Analysis of Neonatal Crying
out rhythmic sensory or central input). Last, the constancy of cry intensity is a
sign of the persistence of the painful stimulus [17].
We saw that constancy of intensity increased with increasing pain. The basic
frequency of the first cry did not increase until a certain pain threshold was reached
(DAN > 8), after which the first burst was very acute. Rhythmic crying was absent
up to a certain pain threshold (the same as for the above-mentioned basic frequency). We can therefore say that when pain passes a certain threshold, the characteristics of crying change: the crying becomes rhythmic and the first sound
becomes acute, as if to express unbearable pain. We saw that, while crying constancy in time increases in accordance with the increase of pain, the other two
parameters varied abruptly when pain exceeded a certain threshold. We supposed
that this was a sort of protolanguage; it is unconscious, but finalized to express a
state of extreme pain.
This was the premise of the development of the pain scale. We tried to verify
whether these three items could be useful to score pain. We have already said that
crying duration is not specific nor sensitive, but in this case we used not crying duration but some features of crying and integrated the three items to form a scale [33],
of which we assessed the specificity, sensitivity, concurrent validity with another
scale, interrater reliability and clinical utility. We called it the ABC scale (Table 1),
because it used the “Acuteness” of the first cry, the “Burst rhythmicity” and the
“Constancy” in time of the crying. J. Schollin in a recent issue of Acta Pediatrica
[34] said that this scale was a good step in the field of pain assessment, because it
was both easy and reliable. Examples of the different types of crying are available
at the following URL: http://www.euraibi.com.
The last step in our research was validation of the ABC scale in premature babies
[35]. In this case, too, we studied the specificity, sensitivity and reliability of the
scale using statistical parameters. To make it easier to use the ABC scale, we developed software to measure pain automatically. This software uses the ABC scale and
automatically analyses crying that arrives in the computer via a microphone. We
have verified its validity and have published our data of our patented tool that we
called “ABC analyser” [36]. It can be used to assess pain in nurseries and to train
nurses who want to learn how to avoid pain in newborns.
Table 1
Item
ABC scale for pain in newborns
Score
Is the first cry acute?
No
Yes
0
2
Are burst rhythmic?
No
Yes
0
2
Is crying constant in time?
No (brief moan rather than crying)
No (more than brief moan, but not constant)
Yes
0
1
2
70
C.V. Bellieni and G. Buonocore
References
1. Franck LS, Greenberg CS, Stevens B (2000) Pain assessment in infants and children.
Pediatr Clin North Am 47:487–512
2. Carbajal R, Paupe A, Hoenn E et al (1997) DAN: une échelle comportamentale d’évaluation de la douleur aiguë du nouveau-né. Arch Pediatr 4:623–628
3. Grunau RVE, Craig KD (1987) Pain expression in neonates: facial action and cry. Pain
28:395–410
4. Stevens B, Johnston C, Petryshen P, Taddio A (1996) Premature infant pain profile: development and initial validation. Clin J Pain 12:13–22
5. Krechel SW, Bildner J (1995) Cries: a new neonatal postoperative pain measurement
score. Initial testing of validity and reliability. Pediatr Anaesth 5:53–61
6. Marceau J (2003) Pilot study of a pain assessment tool in the Neonatal Intensive Care
Unit. J Paediatr Child Health 39:598–601
7. Peters JW, Koot HM, Grunau RE et al (2003) Neonatal facial coding system for assessing postoperative pain in infants: item reduction is valid and feasible. Clin J Pain
19:353–363
8. Guinsburg R, de Almeida MF, de Araujo Peres C et al (2003) Reliability of two behavioral tools to assess pain in preterm neonates. Sao Paulo Med J 121:72–76
9. Manworren RC, Hynan LS (2003) Clinical validation of FLACC: preverbal patient pain
scale. Pediatr Nurs 29:140–146
10. Bellieni CV, Cordelli DM, Caliani C et al (2007) Inter-observer reliability of two pain
scales for newborns. Early Hum Dev 83:549–552
11. Barr RG, Hopkins B, Green JA (2000) Crying as a sign, a symptom and a signal: evolving concepts of crying behavior. In: Barr RG, Hopkins B, Green JA (eds) Crying as a
sign, a symptom and a signal. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 1–7
12. Choonara I (1999) Why do babies cry? BMJ 319:1381
13. Fuller BF (1991) Acoustic discrimination of three types of infant cries. Nurs Res
40:156–160
14. Gustafson GE, Wood RM, Green JA (2000) Can we hear the causes of infants’ crying?
In: Barr RG, Hopkins B, Green JA (eds) Crying as a sign, a symptom and a signal.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 8–22
15. Porter FL, Miller RH, Marshall RE (1986) Neonatal pain cries: effect of circumcision
on acoustic features and perceived urgency. Child Dev 57:790–802
16. Wood RM, Gustafson GE (2001) Infant crying and adults’ anticipated caregiving responses: acoustic and contextual influences. Child Dev 72:1287–1300
17. Corwin MJ, Lester BM, Golub HL (1996) The infant cry: what can it tell us? Curr Probl
Pediatr 26:325–334
18. Zeskind PS, Marshall TR (1988) The relation between variations in pitch and maternal
perceptions of infant crying. Child Dev 59:193–196
19. Lester BM, Boukydis CF, Garcia-Coll CT et al (1995) Developmental outcome as a function of the goodness of fit between the infant’s cry characteristics and the mother’s perception of her infant’s cry. Pediatrics 95:516–521
20. Stevens B, Johnston CC, Petryshen P, Taddio A (1996) Premature infant pain profile:
developmental and initial validation. Clin J Pain 12:13–22
21. Grunau RVE, Oberlander TF, Holsti L (1998) Bedside application of the neonatal facial
coding system in pain assessment of premature neonates. Pain 76:277–286
22. Lawrence J, Alcock D, McGrath P et al (1993) The development of a tool to assess neonatal pain. Neonatal Netw 12:59–66
23. Sparshott M (1996) The development of a clinical distress scale for ventilated newborn
infants: identification of pain based on validated behavioural scores. J Neonatal Nurs
2:5–11
24. Craig KD, Gilbert-Mac Leod CA, Lilley CM (2000) Crying as an indicator of pain in
infants. In: Barr RG, Hopkins B, Green JA (eds) Crying as a sign, a symptom and a signal. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 23–40
8 Pain Assessment and Spectral Analysis of Neonatal Crying
71
25. Gallo AM (2003) The fifth vital sign: implementation of the Neonatal Infant Pain Scale.
J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs 32:199–206
26. Gorski P (1984) Experiences following premature birth: stresses and opportunities for
infants, parents and professionals. In: Call DJ, Galenson E, Tyson RL (eds) Frontiers of
infant psychiatry. Basic Books, New York, pp 145–151
27. Wesz-Hockert W, Partanen T, Vuorenkoski V et al (1964) Effect of training on ability to
identify preverbal vocalizations. Dev Med Child Neurol 6:393–396
28. Porter F (1989) Pain in the newborn. Clin Perinatol 16:549–1993
29. Johnston CC, Strada ME (1986) Acute pain response in infants: a multidimensional
description. Pain 24:373–382
30. Bellieni CV, Sisto R, Cordelli DM, Buonocore G (2004) Cry features reflect pain intensity in term newborns: an alarm threshold. Pediatr Res 55:142–146
31. Zeskind PS, Parker-Price S, Barr RG (1993) Rhythmic organization of the sound of infant
crying. Dev Psychobiol 26:321–333
32. Hooper SL (2000) Central pattern generators. Curr Biol 10:R176
33. Bellieni CV, Bagnoli F, Sisto R et al (2005) Development and validation of the ABC pain
scale for healthy full-term babies. Acta Paediatr 94:1432–1436
34. Schollin J (2005) Can cry in the newborn be used as an assessment of pain? Acta Paediatr
94:1358–1360
35. Bellieni CV, Maffei M, Ancora G et al (2007) Is the ABC pain scale reliable for premature babies? Acta Pediatr (in press)
36. Sisto R, Bellieni CV, Perrone S, Buonocore G (2006) Neonatal pain analyzer: development and validation. Med Biol Eng Comput 44:841–845
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
73
Chapter 9
Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
L. Giuntini and G. Amato
“Pain is when you scream for help and no-one comes.”
(Elementary schoolchild)
Fetal Period
Stress is already present in the fetal period and may be physical or psychological.
Physical Stress
Alcohol, smoking and drugs may cause behavioural disorganisation, up to temporary
suppression of breathing in the case of maternal ingestion of alcohol. Ultrasound examination may also disorganise growth, as shown by studies of Newnham 1993 [1] and
Evans 1996 [2]. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, even noise may
damage the fetus. Babies of mothers exposed to occupational noise during pregnancy showed statistically significant hearing deficit when they reached school age. It has
also been shown that fetuses feel pain from week 18. This has given rise to the practice of using fetal anaesthesia for surgery or invasive diagnostic procedures in utero.
Psychological Stress
Psychological stress is as important as physical stress. Acute stress, such as grieving, can cause long-term psychological damage, and chronic stress has been shown
to affect fetuses, being associated with premature birth, birth complications, or
breast-feeding problems in babies whose mothers were unbalanced or had major psychoaffective disorders [3, 4]. All interruptions of affectivity during pregnancy with
rejection by parents (e.g. awaiting diagnosis of pathological conditions) have repercussions on the fetus and its physiological parameters [5, 6].
Neonatal Period
After birth, stimuli vary, but if they are inadequate they can still affect development.
Anand formulated a theory of hyperstimulation and hypostimulation [7].
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
73
74
L. Giuntini and G. Amato
Hyperstimulation
According to Anand and Carr, excessive neonatal stimulation leads to excitotoxic
N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) in many areas of the developing brain. The classic
example is acute pain due to multiple invasive procedures, which may even cause
intraventricular haemorrhage and leucomalacia due to intracranial pressure [7]. It
has also been demonstrated that babies who were born prematurely, and were therefore subjected to many painful invasive procedures, have an anomalously low
response to pain during infancy and greater somatisation in childhood [5]. The message is therefore that the clinical benefits of analgesia persist well beyond the duration of the therapeutic effect.
Hypostimulation
Prolonged separation of mother and newborn leads to anomalously exaggerated responses and alteration of neurotransmitter production [8]. The absence of
stimuli increases apoptosis in the neonatal brain. If this is true, the clinical
importance of preventing early insult and of developing appropriate analgesia
and measures against neonatal stress (limitation of excitotoxicity and apoptosis) is evident. Pain experienced by babies has been underestimated throughout the world, not only in Italy. Before the above theories achieved scientific
and clinical recognition, not only was neonatal pain ignored, it was even denied.
It was thought that newborns did not feel pain and this idea was sustained with
scientific arguments: (1) the immaturity of the neonatal central nervous system;
(2) the difficulty doctors had in clinical recognition of pain; and (3) the assumption that the side effects of analgesia and anaesthesia outweighed their benefits.
In fact, the neuroexcitatory pain system controlled by NMDA (glutamate) and
neuroquinine (neuropeptides) receptors develops in early fetal life, whereas the
inhibitory system matures much more slowly and beyond birth. The inhibitory
system consists of C fibres, descending nerve inhibitors, branches of which project onto the spinal cord only after birth, and neurotransmitters (GABA and
glycine) that cause inhibition in adults but excitation in the immature nervous
system. As a result, pain transmission through the spinal cord is amplified in newborns and the control system develops weeks later. On the other hand, opioid
receptors are already active in fetal life. It can therefore be deduced that newborns feel pain more intensely than adults. The differences make babies even
more vulnerable to nerve stimulation and, as we saw, continuous painful stimulation in a developing newborn has been demonstrated to modify its central nervous system [9, 10].
9 Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
75
Pain Control
Pain control techniques should be used whenever possible before painful stimulation [11]. This is the basis of preventive analgesia. The aims are to:
– Minimise emotional problems
– Prevent CNS sensitisation
– Minimise release of pain mediators in tissues
– Decrease stress response
Preventive analgesia also makes it possible to reduce the need for intrasurgical
anaesthetic and also the demand for postoperative analgesia [12]. There are risks
of various problems, psychological and physical, associated with not treating pain.
Psychological problems:
– Fear and anxiety
– Behavioural and personality changes
– Vicious circle of chronic pain
Physical problems:
– Increased mortality and morbidity after surgery
– Respiratory problems (hypoxaemia, reduction of coughing reflex, accumulation
of secretions, infections)
– Cardiovascular problems (increased heart rate and blood pressure, vasoconstriction, increased oxygen consumption)
– Cerebral problems (increased intracerebral pressure, leading to risk of intraventricular haemorrhage and ischaemia)
– Skeletal muscle problems (muscle spasm, delayed mobilisation)
– Visceral problems (slowed gastrointestinal and urinary function)
– Delayed cicatrisation
– Stress response characterised by alteration of electrical signals and water balance
(hyperglycaemia, osmotic diuresis)
– Immune depression
Multimodal Treatment
The multimodal treatment of pain combines pharmacological and non-pharmacological techniques in a safe, planned manner according to individual need. It therefore requires observation of the baby’s physiological parameters and behaviour [13].
To do this, specific pain scores have been designed for newborns. In this age group,
pain is evaluated through behavioural and physiological parameters, and in some
cases stress hormone levels (Table 1). However, there are more neonatal pain scales
according to the age of the patients, e.g. the Premature Infant Pain Profile (PIPP)
for neonates aged 0–1 month (Table 2) [14], and the Objective Pain Scale (fouritem OPS) for neonates aged between 1 month and 2 years (Table 3) [15]. During
76
L. Giuntini and G. Amato
Table 1 Behavioural and physiological parameters used for the evaluation of pain in newborns by a physician
Behavioural (observational) Physiological
Psychological
Position of the body
Reflexes
Projectional
Self report
Facial expression
Heart rate
Colours
Interview
Vocalisation pattern
Breathing frequency, Forms
Questionnaires
Index fatigue
Crying
Endorphin levels
Illustrations
Thermometer
Drawings
Facial scales
Visual analogue scales
Table 2 Premature Infant Pain Profile (PIPP)
Indicator
Finding
Gestational age
≤ 36 weeks
32 weeks to 35 weeks 6 days
28 weeks to 31 weeks 6 days
< 28 weeks
Behavioural state
Active/awake, eyes open, facial movements
Quiet/awake, eyes open, no facial movements
Active/asleep, eyes closed, facial movements
Quiet/asleep, eyes closed, no facial movements
Heart rate maximum
0–4 beats per minute increase
5–14 beats per minute increase
15–24 beats per minute increase
≥ 25 beats per minute increase
Oxygen saturation minimum
0–2.4% decrease
2.5–4.9% decrease
5.0–7.4% decrease
7.5% decrease or more
Brow bulge
None (≤ 9% of time)
Minimum (10–39% of time)
Moderate (40–69% of time)
Maximum (≥ 70% of time)
Eye squeeze
None (≤ 9% of time)
Minimum (10–39% of time)
Moderate (40–69% of time)
Maximum (≥ 70% of time)
Nasolabial furrow
None (≤ 9% of time)
Minimum (10–39% of time)
Moderate (40–69% of time)
Maximum (≥ 70% of time)
Points
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
the compilation of the PIPP, the important steps are to evaluate gestational age, score
behaviour before potential pain (observe for 15 s), measure heart rate and basal oxygen saturation, and observe the baby and score the behaviour in the 30 seconds
immediately after the painful event.
9 Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
Table 3 Objective Pain Scale (OPS)
Indicator
Finding
Blood pressure
+ 0% above preoperative BP
10–20% above preoperative BP
20% above preoperative BP
Crying
Absent
Consolable
Inconsolable
Movement
Absent
Fidgety
Thrashing
Agitation
Sleeping or calm
Slight
Intense, continuous
BP, blood pressure
77
Points
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
Clinical Neonatal Pain Control
Pain control is possible with several methods, e.g. non-pharmacological techniques,
topical analgesics, and systemic analgesia.
Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
Non-pharmacological Techniques
There are many non-pharmacological types of pain control, and they are of great
significance for preventing suffering and reducing the use of analgesic agents. They
include having a favourable environment, combining procedures, programming
procedures on the basis of patient need rather than routine, avoiding heel-prick,
decreasing noise and bright light, respect for the sleep-wake cycle, satisfying the
sucking reflex, placing the baby in a comfortable natural position, changing its position from time to time (this includes ventilated babies), maintaining physical contact (stroking, rocking, massage), giving glucose solution (1 ml), and feeding or giving the dummy before painful procedures.
Topical Analgesia
A topical analgetic is EMLA (eutectic mixture of local anaesthetics), comprising lidocaine 2.5% and prilocaine 2.5%, total 5% (reduced risk of systemic toxicity after absorp-
78
L. Giuntini and G. Amato
tion). Application time is 1 h, the depth of action is 5 mm, and the duration of effect
is 30–60 min. Melanin retards absorption. There is an associated risk of methaemoglobinaemia (reduced methaemoglobin reductase, fetal haemoglobin). Precautions to
be taken in term and preterm newborns are to limit the contact surface and give no more
than one application per day. Dosages: premature babies < 1500 g, 0.5 cm2 (0.20 g);
premature > 1500 g, 1 cm2 (0.30 g); term, 2 cm2 (0.50 g).
Regional Anaesthesia
Regional techniques, such as peripheral nerve blocks and central neuraxis blockade
(spinal, epidural), are sometimes used to provide anaesthesia and analgesia for procedures on the trunk or limbs, as an adjunct to general anaesthesia, and for postoperative analgesia. Examples of regional nerve blocks include ilioinguinal and iliohypogastric nerve blocks, penile block, digital block, local infiltration, and intercostal
nerve blocks. These techniques should be used carefully by health care professionals
trained in their use and with appropriate and careful observation. In neonates, intermittent administration of dilute local anaesthetics with low-dose extradural opioids
such as fentanyl offers less potential for the toxic effects of drugs than continuous infusion techniques with either drug alone. Accurate calculation is a particular concern
in the care of preterm and term neonates, in whom differences in protein binding and
metabolism can result in local anaesthetic drug accumulation and toxic effects [16].
Pharmacological Therapies
A knowledge of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics in the neonatal period
is necessary in order to use drugs. Major differences in this period involve distribution volume, limited fat reserve, hepatic immaturity, renal immaturity with
decreased glomerular filtration and reduced tubule resorption (lower metabolism and
elimination), and qualitative and quantitative differences in plasma proteins. This
means that the dose of most drugs must be reduced and the administration interval
increased, at least in the 1st week of life. After the 1st month, the situation changes
and there is an increase in metabolic capacity and distribution volume. Doses
become equal to, if not higher, than those for adults.
Systemic Analgesia
Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Few papers have been published on the use of NSAIDs in newborns. Except for paracetamol, these drugs
9 Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
79
should not be used until renal function is mature. NSAIDs act by peripheral inhibition of eicosanoids, especially prostaglandins (responsible for pain associated
with inflammation, together with histamine, serotonin and free thromboxane, in
tissue lesions) [17]. They also decrease synthesis of oxygen free radicals, reducing migration of macrophages and inhibiting synthesis of NO. Unfortunately, they
have a therapeutic threshold, their effect does not increase with increasing dose,
and they must be associated with opioids (codeine, oxycodone).
Paracetamol. This analgesic is very safe and well tolerated. Unlike other
NSAIDs, it does not have peripheral tissue anti-inflammatory properties but
inhibits prostaglandins at hypothalamic level (pure analgesic and antipyretic). Its
analgesic effect is directly proportional to its concentration in the blood. It is
metabolised by the liver to active metabolites. Hepatic immaturity may be an
advantage because production of toxic metabolites is believed to be lower. Because
distribution volume is greater and elimination slower, it seems logical to give higher concentrations at longer intervals in this age group: 25–35 mg/kg every 6 h,
maximum dose 60 mg/kg per day, instead of 15–20 mg/kg every 4 h. The injected form seems to potentiate spinal analgesia in the posterior body of the spinal
cord (descending dorsolateral fascicle).
Opioids. Newborns are particularly vulnerable to side effects of opioids, such as
respiratory depression. Other aspects to consider are higher rates of heart failure,
the immature blood-brain barrier, the immature respiratory centre, longer metabolic times, a half-life up to four times longer, and wide variability between patients.
This greater sensitivity of newborns does not mean that opioids should not be used,
but it is important to select babies carefully, prescribe and prepare correctly, monitor side effects and monitor the infusion systems.
Morphine. This is the best known opioid in the neonatal period. It is rarely used,
despite its low cost, because of its side effects, particularly in preterm babies. These
are largely related to histamine release with bronchospasm and cardiocirculatory
collapse due to vasodilation. Morphine causes less respiratory depression and thoracic rigidity than other opioids and may be used intravenously without respiratory assistance in the neonatal intensive care unit. A synthetic derived of morphine
is fentanyl. Fentanyl has the following properties: it is a powerful analgesic, ten
times stronger than morphine, fast acting (1 min) and with short duration
(35–45 min); it maintains haemodynamic stability and is a poor sedative; it has a
bradycardiac effect and induces thoracic rigidity; it is liposoluble, binds protein
plasma and is metabolised in liver. Its half-life is up to 32 h in premature babies
and infants. Guidelines for the administration of morphine and fentanyl are shown
in Tables 4 and 5.
80
L. Giuntini and G. Amato
Table 4
Schedule for administration of morphine to neonates (with ventilation support)
Intravenous bolus
Perfusion
Continuous infusion
Newborns
5–10 g/kg every 10 min 3–40 μg/kg in 2 h
5 μg/kg per hour
< 34 weeks
max. 20 μg/kg
↑ 2 μg/kg per hour
gestational age
every 4 h
max. 15 μg/kg per
hour
Term newborns Max. 40 g/kg
50–100 μg/kg in 2 h 10 μg/kg per hour
↑ 5 μg/kg per hour
every 4 h
max. 20–25 μg/kg
per hour
Without ventilation: 10–15 μg/kg per hour; ↑, may be increased by.
Table 5
Schedule for administration of fentanyl to neonates
Intravenous bolus
Perfusion
Newborns
0.5 g/kg every 10 min
3–40 μg/kg in 2 h
< 32 weeks
max. 1.5 μg/kg
gestational age
Term newborns
0.5 μg/kg every 10 min
max. 4 μg/kg
1–3 μg/kg
every 4-6 h
Continuous infusion
0.5 μg/kg per hour
↑ 0.5 μg/kg per hour
every 4 h
max. 2 μg/kg per hour
1 μg/kg per hour
↑ 0.5 μg/kg per hour
every 2–4 h
max. 2–4 μg/kg per
hour
References
1. Jobe AM, Polk D, Ikegami H et al (1993) Lung responses to ultrasound-guided fetal treatments with corticosteroids in preterm lambs. J Appl Physiol 75:2099–2105
2. Evans MI, Hume RF, Johnson MP et al (1996) Integration of genetics and ultrasonography in prenatal diagnosis: just looking is not enough. Am J Obstet Gynecol 174:1925–1931
3. Relier JP (2001) Influence of maternal stress on fetal behavior and brain development.
Biol Neonate 79:168–171
4. Richard S (1996) Influence du vécu emotionel de la femme enceinte sur le tempérament
et la santé physique du nourisson. In: Relier JP (ed) Progrès en néonatologie, vol 16. Paris,
Karger, pp 241–255
5. Monk E (2001) Stress and mood disorders during pregnancy: implications for child development. Psychiatr Q 72:347–457
6. Allister L, Lester BM, Carr S, Liv J (2001) The effect of maternal depression on fetal
heart rate reponse to vibroacoustic stimulation. Dev Neuropsychol 20:639–651
7. Anand KJ, Carr DB (1989) The neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and neurochemistry of
pain, stress and analgesia in newborns and children. Pediatric Clin North Am 36:795–827
8. Kuhun CM, Pau KJ, Schamberg SM (1990) Endocrine response to mother-infant separation in developing rats. Dev Psychobiol 23:395–410
9. Fitzgerald M (1988) Hyperalgesia in premature infants. Lancet 1:292
10. Fitzgerald M (1989) Pain and analgesia in the newborn. Arch Dis Child 64:441
11. Bellieni CV, Buonocore G, Nenci A et al (2001) Sensorial saturation: an effective tool
for heel prick in preterm infants. Biol Neonate 80:15–18
9 Analgesic Procedures in Newborns
81
12. Chiaretti A, Pietrini D, Piastra M et al (2000) Safety and efficacy of remifentanil in craniosynostosis repair in childrn less than 1 year old. Pediatr Neurosurg 33:83–88
13. Wisman JS, Schecther NL (1991) Il trattamento del dolore nel paziente pediatrico.
Pediatrics 4:112–119
14. Stevens B, Johnston C, Petryshen P et al (1996) Premature Infant Pain Profile:
Development and initial validation. Clin J Pain 12:13–22
15. Nolent P, Nauquette MC, Carbajal R, Remolleau S (2006) Which sedation scale should
be used in the pediatric intensive care unit? A comparative prospective study. Arch Pediatr
13:32–37
16. No authors listed (2000) Prevention and management of pain and stress in the neonate.
Pediatrics 105:454–461
17. Berde CB (1989) Pediatric postoperative pain management. Pediatr Clin North Am
36:921–964
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
83
Chapter 10
Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
R. Carbajal
Introduction
The alleviation of pain is a basic and human right regardless of age. It therefore
seems unbelievable how long it took the medical community to realize that newborns are able to feel pain. During the last 15 years there has been a significant
increase in our knowledge of pain in neonates, and broad areas of research have
been addressed in the medical, nursing, psychological, neuroscientific, social,
bioethical, and philosophical literature [1]. Despite these impressive gains, many
of the previously identified and newer challenges remain, since we have not completely reversed the de-emphasis of infant pain [2], and no effective methods of
preventing or treating pain for all infants in all clinical situations have been
developed. However, the reason most of these challenges remain is because of
the large gap that exists between published research results and routine clinical
practice.
This article describes the nonpharmacological treatments currently available to
alleviate procedural pain in neonates.
The Burden of Procedural Pain
Newborns routinely undergo painful invasive procedures, even after an uncomplicated birth. For obvious reasons, these invasive procedures that cause pain or distress are most frequently performed on infants admitted to the neonatal intensive
care unit (NICU). For sick babies, multiple studies have documented a high frequency of invasive procedures during neonatal intensive care, particularly in preterm
neonates, most of which are performed in the first week after birth [3, 4]. The most
frequent procedures performed in NICUs are heel sticks, endotracheal suction, and
intravenous line insertion [4, 5].
Despite increased awareness among clinicians about neonatal pain, management
of procedural pain in neonates is not yet optimal, although recent surveys show that
it is improving. In a multicenter prospective study carried out in France (The
French Epippain study) on 430 neonates admitted to NICUs, 30 018 painful proG. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
83
84
R. Carbajal
cedures and 30 951 mainly stressful procedures were recorded during the first
14 days of admission. An analgesic treatment was given during 27.4% of painful
procedures [5].
Analgesic Treatment
The goals of pain management in neonates are to minimize the pain experience
and its physiological cost, and to maximize the newborn’s capacity to cope with
and recover from the painful experience while maintaining the best benefit/risk ratio
for the treatment. Nonpharmacological techniques and pharmacological treatments
are available for pain management in the neonate. Nonpharmacological interventions, which comprise environmental and behavioral interventions, have a wide
applicability for neonatal pain management alone or in combinations with pharmacological treatments. These interventions are not necessarily substitutes or alternatives for pharmacological interventions, but rather are complementary [6].
Moreover, because painful procedures are extremely frequent in sick and preterm
neonates, and because concerns exist regarding potential adverse effects of pharmacological agents, a growing interest has recently been developing in nonpharmacological interventions for procedural pain. These interventions can reduce
pain in neonates indirectly, by reducing the total amount of noxious stimuli to which
they are exposed, and directly, by blocking nociceptive transduction or transmission, or by activation of descending inhibitory pathways, or by activating attention
and arousal systems that modulate pain [6].
Prevention
One of the most effective methods for reducing pain in neonates is to prevent it.
Procedural pain can be minimized by efficient training of staff using indwelling lines
for sampling, by planning procedures so that an analgesic approach can be considered [7], and by using mechanical devices if heel lance is necessary [8–10].
Compared to manual lancets, the use of mechanical lancets for heel pricks resulted in decreased behavioral and physiological distress and fewer repeated punctures
[8, 9], increased volumes of blood, shortened time intervals for blood collection,
and reduced hemolysis [11]. Heel warming, however, has not been found to have
an effect on pain response [12]. It has also been shown that venepuncture is less
painful than heel lance [13, 14]. A Cochrane review that evaluated venepuncture
versus heel lance for blood sampling in term neonates concluded that venepuncture,
when performed by a skilled phlebotomist, appears to be the method of choice for
blood sampling in term neonates. For each three venepunctures instead of heel lance,
the need for one additional skin puncture can be avoided [15]. Further well-designed
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
85
randomized controlled trials need to be conducted, especially in preterm neonates,
in whom venous access is technically difficult.
Another important prevention issue is to avoid systematic procedures; these
must only be performed if they are absolutely necessary for the diagnostic and/or
therapeutic management of neonates. In the French Epippain study, a 26 weeks’ gestational age neonate underwent 95 heel sticks during the first 14 days after admission to the NICU (personal data). Given the burden that these procedures imposed
on the neonate, one may ask if all these heel sticks were absolutely necessary.
Environmental Interventions
So-called environmental interventions aim to decrease the environmental stress of
the NICU, where neonates are exposed to numerous repeated noxious stimuli
including bright light, loud noise, frequent handling, and repeated painful procedures [6]. The reduction of lighting levels and alternating day and night conditions
can reduce stress and promote increased sleep, weight gain, and the development
of circadian rhythms [16, 17]. These findings suggest that physical environment has
an effect (either direct or indirect) on the subsequent behavior of preterm infants
and that exposure to night and day is beneficial. Another study has also shown a
reduction of illness severity when light, noise, and handling were reduced [18].
Swaddling, “Facilitated Tucking”, Positioning, and Touch
Swaddling is the wrapping of infants in cloth to restrict their movements. This intervention has been shown to reduce pain-elicited distress during and after heel stick
in neonates [19]. This effect was, however, very modest. Fearon et al. studied the
responses of 15 preterm neonates to swaddling after a heel stick [20]. They found
that in neonates of 31 weeks’ postconceptional age or older, the use of swaddling
significantly reduced protracted behavioral disturbance.
Prasopkittikun and Tilokskulchai conducted a systematic analysis of studies carried out in Thailand on nonpharmacological methods of reducing pain responses to
heel stick in neonates [21]. They found four studies that evaluated “hold and touch”,
“swaddling”, and “positioning”. “Hold and touch” consisted of cradling the baby
in the mother’s arms, while “positioning” consisted of using a blanket roll for containment, side-lying positioning with flexion of legs and arms. Pain measurement
tools were not the same in all studies. The Neonatal Facial Coding system (NFCS)
was used in two out of four studies. This score assesses only facial expression. The
Premature Infant Pain Profile (PIPP) was used in the other two studies; it assesses
facial expression, physiological (heart rate and oxygen saturation) changes, and contextual factors (gestational age and behavioral state). Regardless of which indica-
86
R. Carbajal
tors were used, however, all study interventions were effective in attenuating
neonates’ pain scores [21]. Corff et al. found that preterm neonates who were
arranged in a “facilitated tucking” (a side-lying or supine position with flexed arms
and legs close to the trunk) demonstrated a significantly lower mean heart rate
6–10 min post-stick, shorter mean crying time, shorter mean sleep disruption time,
and fewer sleep-state changes after heel stick than those who were the controls [22].
In a study carried out in preterm infants undergoing a heel stick, tactile and vocal
stimulation were slightly helpful, but the use of a spring-loaded lance was most successful in reducing the distress [9].
Grunau et al. have studied the influence of position (prone or supine) on pain
responses to heel lance in preterm infants at 32 weeks’ gestational age [23]. Thirtyeight neonates were assigned to one of two positions during baseline and heel lance.
The authors concluded that placement in the prone position is not a sufficient environmental comfort intervention for painful invasive procedures such as heel lance
for blood sampling [23].
Nonnutritive Sucking
The pacifying effect of nonnutritive sucking (NNS) has been clearly shown in
humans. Field and Goldson reported decreased crying with NNS in both term and
preterm neonates during heel stick [24]. Shiao et al. reported in 1997 a meta-analysis of the effects of NNS on heart rate and peripheral oxygenation [25]. They identified four studies of the effect of NNS on heart rate without stimulations, three studies on heart rate during painful stimulations, and three studies on transcutaneous
oxygen tension (tcPO2). NNS significantly decreased heart rate without stimulations
(P = 0.002) and during painful stimulations (P = 0.0001), and significantly increased
tcPO2 (P = 0.0001). As in all meta-analyses, the authors used the effect size as an
index of how much difference exists between the groups. When effect size is based
on means, it corresponds to the ratio of the difference between groups to the standard deviation. The total weighted effect size for heart rate without stimulations was
small (0.17); however, it was large for heart rate during painful stimulations (1.05)
and for tcPO2 (0.69). Larger effects were noticed for preterm infants than for term
infants and for longer NNS.
In infants of very low birth weight, Stevens et al. demonstrated that NNS is effective for relieving pain induced by routine heel lance procedures [26]. Corbo et al.
investigated the effects of NNS during heel stick procedures in neonates of gestational ages ranging from 26 to 39 weeks [27]. NNS reduced the time of crying and
the heart rate increase during the procedure but had no effect on respiratory rate or
tcPO2. In term neonates, other studies have also reported the analgesic effects of
sucking a pacifier during heel stick [28, 29] and venepunctures [30]. Blass and Watt
found that sucking an unflavored pacifier was analgesic only when suck rate exceeded 30 sucks/min [28]. Bellieni et al. have also shown in term neonates that NNS is
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
87
effective to reduce heel-stick-induced pain [29]. In their study, glucose plus sucking (elicited with the tip of a 1-ml syringe without needle placed in the baby’s mouth)
was more effective than sucking alone.
Pinelli et al. reviewed in 2002 the available literature to look for negative effects
of NNS in high-risk full-term and preterm infants in neonatal nurseries [31]. From
this review, it appears that, although harmful effects have not been specifically studied, NNS in preterm and high-risk full-term infants does not seem to have any shortterm negative effects. No long-term data on the effects of NNS in high-risk fullterm and preterm infants are presently available.
Sweet Solutions
Sucrose
Blass and Hoffmeyer reported in 1991 the effectiveness of sucrose as an analgesic
agent for newborn infants during heel stick and circumcision [32]. Infants who drank
2 ml of a 12% sucrose solution (0.24 g) prior to blood collection cried 50% less
during the blood collection procedure than did control infants who had received 2 ml
of sterile water. Crying of infants who ingested sucrose returned to baseline levels
within 30–60 s after blood collection, whereas control infants required 2.5–3.0 min
to return to baseline. These findings provided the background for other studies that
confirmed the analgesic properties of oral sucrose.
Cochrane Review
A systematic review of the literature was carried out by the Cochrane
Collaboration in April 2004 in order to determine the efficacy, effect of dose, and
safety of sucrose for relieving procedural pain [33]. Twenty-one studies of a total
of 1616 infants fulfilled the selection criteria and were included in this review.
Of the 21 studies, 11 evaluated term infants, 9 evaluated preterm infants, and one
evaluated both preterm and term infants. The majority of infants (18 studies)
underwent heel lance as the painful procedure. In three studies, infants underwent
venepuncture. Sucrose in a wide variety of dosages was generally found to
decrease physiologic (heart rate) and behavioral pain indicators (mean percent time
crying, total cry duration, duration of first cry, and facial action) and composite
pain scores in neonates undergoing heel stick or venepuncture. Of the 15 studies
measuring heart rate/vagal tone, sucrose had a significant effect in reducing heart
rate in 8 studies. None of the 5 studies that assessed the effect of sucrose on oxygen saturation and respiratory rates reported significant differences between
sucrose and placebo groups. Different concentrations of sucrose administered at
88
R. Carbajal
varying time intervals have indicated that the greatest analgesic effect is realized
when sucrose is administered approximately 2 min before the painful stimulus
[33]. The authors of the review concluded that sucrose is safe and effective for
reducing procedural pain from single painful events (heel lance, venepuncture).
Regarding the optimal dose, the Cochrane review found that there was inconsistency in the dose of sucrose that was effective (dose range 0.012–0.12 g). In another meta-analysis carried out by Stevens on studies comprising primarily term
neonates, doses of 0.24 g sucrose were most effective in reducing the proportion
of time spent crying during 3 min after the painful stimulus [34]. A dose of 0.50 g
provided no additional benefit.
Repeated Doses
Johnston et al. tested the efficacy of repeated doses versus a single dose of sucrose
to decrease pain from routine heel sticks in 48 preterm neonates [35]. Infants in the
first week of life with a mean gestational age of 31 weeks received 0.05 ml of 24%
(0.012 g) sucrose solution or sterile water by mouth (a) 2 min prior to actual lancing of the heel; (b) just prior to lancing, and (c) 2 min after lancing. The singledose group received sucrose for the first dose and water for the second and third
dose; the repeated-dose group received sucrose three times, and the placebo group
received only water. The pain scores (PIPP) group were obtained for five 30-s blocks
from lancing. Both sucrose groups had lower PIPP scores (single sucrose pain
scores: 6.8–8.2, P = 0.07; repeated sucrose pain scores: 5.3–6.2, P < 0.01) than water
(pain scores: 7.9–9.1), and in the last block, the repeated dose had lower scores than
the single dose (6.2 vs. 8.2, P < 0.05).
Doses, Age for Efficacy, and Recommendations
The studies reviewed above clearly indicate that sucrose reduces procedural pain
from heel lance and venepuncture in neonates. Very small doses of 24% sucrose
(0.01–0.02 g) were efficacious in reducing pain in infants of very low birth weight,
while in term infants larger doses (0.24–0.50 g) reduced the proportion of time spent
crying following a painful procedure [33]. These solutions should be administered
approximately 2 min prior to the procedure. The analgesic effect lasts for about
5–7 min [36]. Therefore, if the procedure exceeds this duration, another oral administration should be performed.
Age parameters for efficacy are not very clear. Although sucrose continues to have
an effect beyond the newborn period, some data show that this analgesic effect
decreases with age and it is very modest at 2 months [37, 38]. A trial showed that
2 ml 24% sucrose was not effective in reducing pain in infants older than 30 days
during bladder catheterization [39]. However, another study suggested that 2 ml 75%
sucrose was effective in relieving crying after immunization in infants aged
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
89
2–6 months [40]. Similarly, Ramenghi et al. found that 50% sucrose resulted in
shorter crying times, compared with 25% sucrose, glucose, or sterile water, for 4month-old children [41]. They also found a trend toward shorter crying times for
2- and 3-month-old children receiving 50% sucrose, but it did not reach statistical
significance. In spite of these conflicting data, an expert conference on pain reduction during immunizations recently considered that there seemed to be sufficient data
to recommend sucrose use as a routine part of immunization administration for
infants less than 6 months of age [42].
It has been shown that the responses to intraoral sucrose are neither specific to
sucrose nor to the general class of carbohydrates, and that these effects are more
appropriately understood as “sweetness” effects, since other sweet solutions are also
effective [43]. The American and Canadian Pediatric Societies [44] as well as the
Royal Australasian College of Physicians [45] have recommended the use of sucrose
for such procedures as heel lances, injections, and intravenous line insertions.
Glucose
Oral glucose has also been shown to be effective in reducing procedural pain in
neonates during minor procedures; 30% glucose has been effective both in term
neonates during heel stick [46] and venepunctures [30], and in preterm neonates during subcutaneous injections [47]. Data on the comparison of the analgesic efficacy
of sucrose and glucose are conflicting. In one study assessing pain with a behavioral pain score, the efficacies of 30% glucose and 30% sucrose were found to be
similar [30]; in another study, changes in heart rate during heel sticks were similar
among neonates receiving 33% and 50% glucose or sucrose [48]. However, in another study of 113 healthy term newborns, 30% sucrose was superior to 10% and 30%
glucose solutions in reducing crying time [49]. In this study, neonates were randomized into four groups receiving 2 ml of 30% sucrose, 10% glucose, 30% glucose, or distilled water. Response to pain was assessed by mean crying time, recovery time, maximum heart rate, and percent change in heart rate at 1, 2, and 3 min.
Mean crying times were 60, 102, 95, and 105 s in the sucrose, 10% glucose, 30%
glucose, and placebo groups, respectively (P = 0.02). There were no differences
among the groups in mean recovery time, maximum heart rate, and percent change
in heart rate at 1, 2, and 3 min after heel prick [49].
Deshmukh and Udani studied the analgesic effect of different concentrations of
oral glucose in preterm infants during venepuncture in a double-blind, randomized,
controlled trial [50]. They randomized 60 infants to receive 2 ml of one of three
solutions (sterile water, 10% glucose, and 25% glucose) in the mouth 2 min before
venepuncture. There was a significant reduction in duration of first cry in the
babies given 25% glucose compared with controls and those given 10% glucose.
There was no significant effect on heart rate, respiratory rate, or oxygen saturation.
There was no difference between 10% glucose and sterile water. Eriksson and
Finnström studied whether repeated doses of orally administered glucose would
90
R. Carbajal
cause tolerance [51]. They found in term neonates that the efficacy of oral glucose
was not modified when 1 ml of 30% glucose was given three times a day for
3–5 days.
The coadministration of sucrose or glucose with a pacifier has been found to be
synergistic [28, 30]. The association of a sweet solution and a pacifier provides a
stronger analgesic effect than either one alone [30, 33].
Adverse Effects of Sweet Solutions
Six studies included in the Cochrane review [33] addressed the issue of adverse
effects. One study [52] reported minor side effects in 6 out of 192 infants included
in the study. One neonate who received water with pacifier choked when given the
water but stabilized within 10 s. Three infants randomized to the sucrose group and
two infants randomized to the water with pacifier group showed oxygen desaturation when the study intervention was administered. Each neonate recovered spontaneously with no medical intervention required [52]. In a study on the analgesic
efficacy of glucose and pacifier in very preterm neonates during subcutaneous injections, slight (85–88%) and transient oxygen desaturations were observed in 7 out
of 54 neonates during administration of interventions [47]. In five neonates it happened during administration of 30% glucose alone and in the other two during
administration of 30% glucose plus the pacifier. None of the 24 placebo administrations elicited oxygen desaturations. For repeated administrations of sucrose in
infants younger than 31 weeks’ postconceptional age (PCA), Johnston et al. reported that higher numbers of doses of sucrose predicted lower scores for motor development and vigor, and for alertness and orientation at 36 weeks’ PCA and lower
motor development and vigor at 40 weeks’ PCA [53]. These results need to be replicated because of their importance and also because the sample size was inadequate
to show the same association in the placebo group, which could potentially be a
methodological explanation for the observed results.
Multisensory Stimulation
Multisensory stimulation (massage, voice, eye contact, and perfume smelling) has
been shown to be an effective analgesic technique that potentiates the analgesic effect
of oral glucose during minor procedures [29]. This interesting method, also termed
“sensory saturation”, was developed by Bellieni et al. [29, 54]. This intervention
consisted of: (1) laying the infant on its side with legs and arms flexed but free to
move, (2) looking the infant in the face, close up, to attract its attention, and, simultaneously (3) massaging the infant’s face and back, (4) speaking to the infant gently but firmly, and (5) letting the infant smell the fragrance of a baby perfume on
the therapist’s hands. A 33% glucose solution was also instilled on the infant’s
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
91
tongue with a syringe to stimulate sucking [29]. In a randomized study conducted
on 120 term neonates these authors found that multisensory stimulation plus glucose was more effective in reducing pain from heel lance than glucose, sucking, or
sucking plus glucose. They concluded that sensory saturation is an effective analgesic technique that potentiates the analgesic effect of oral glucose.
Skin-to-Skin Contact (Kangaroo Care)
Gray et al. found that 10–15 min skin-to-skin contact between mothers and their
newborns reduces crying, grimacing, and heart rate during heel lance procedures in
full-term newborns [55]. A total of 30 newborn infants were randomly assigned to
either being held by their mothers in whole body, skin-to-skin contact or to no intervention (swaddled in crib) during a standard heel lance procedure. Crying was
reduced by 82% and grimacing by 65% over the control group during the heel lance
procedure. Heart rate also was reduced substantially by contact. Johnston et al. evaluated the efficacy of maternal skin-to-skin contact, or “kangaroo care,” on diminishing the pain response of preterm neonates between 32 and 36 weeks’ postmenstrual age to heel lancing [56]. They used a crossover design, in which infants served
as their own controls. In the kangaroo care group, the neonate was held in skin-toskin contact for 30 min before the heel stick and remained in contact for the duration of the procedure. In the control condition, the neonate was in the prone position in the incubator. The ordering of conditions was random. All procedures were
videotaped. Research assistants who were naïve to the purpose of the study coded
video recordings that were taken with the camera positioned on the neonate’s face
so that an observer could not tell whether the neonate was being held or was in the
incubator. Heart rate and oxygen levels were continuously monitored by computer.
Pain was assessed with the PIPP score from videotapes. PIPP scores across the first
90 s from the heel-lancing procedure were significantly lower by 2 points in the kangaroo care condition.
Given the analgesic effectiveness of skin-to-skin contact shown in the above studies, and the fact that parents of neonates in critical care units want to participate
more in comforting their infants, kangaroo care is a potentially beneficial strategy
for promoting family health. Nonetheless, further research is warranted before kangaroo care can be recommended as a standard practice for procedural pain control.
Breastfeeding Analgesia
Breastfeeding maintained throughout a procedure has been shown to be a potent
analgesic to relieve procedural pain in term neonates [57–60]. In one study, neonates
who were held and breastfed by their mothers during heel lance and blood collec-
92
R. Carbajal
tion had a reduction in crying of 91% and grimacing of 84%, as compared to infants
who had the same blood test while being swaddled in their bassinets [57]. In another study, Carbajal et al. randomized 180 term newborns undergoing venepunctures
to receive four different analgesic interventions [58]. Venepunctures were performed in the first group while neonates were breastfeeding and in the second group
while neonates were held in their mothers’ arms without breastfeeding. In the third
group neonates received 1 ml of placebo (sterile water) 2 min prior to venipuncture, and in the fourth group neonates received 1 ml of 30% glucose 1 min prior to
venipuncture and sucked a pacifier before and throughout the procedure. Pain-related behaviors during venepunctures were evaluated using two infant pain scales
(DAN scale and PIPP scale). Significant reductions in DAN (Douleur Aiguë
Nouveau-né) and PIPP scores were noted for the breastfeeding and glucose plus
pacifier groups from the other two groups. Although DAN pain scores were lower
in the breastfeeding group as compared to the glucose plus pacifier group, this difference did not reach statistical significance [58]. More recently, Phillips et al. compared the analgesic effect of breastfeeding and pacifier use with maternal holding
in term infants undergoing blood collection via heel sticks in a randomized controlled study [60]. A total of 96 infants were randomized to three groups for analgesia: (1) breastfeeding, (2) pacifier use while held by mothers, (3) pacifier use while
held by research assistants (nonmothers). The authors found that breastfeeding is
more analgesic than pacifier use with nonmaternal holding. They also concluded
that maternal holding with either breastfeeding or pacifier use is more analgesic than
nonmaternal holding with pacifier use. Shendurnikar and Ghandi randomized 100
neonates so that half of them were heel lanced while being breastfed whereas the
other half were heel lanced after being swaddled and kept in a cradle away from
their mothers [59]. Statistically lower pain scores were observed at 1, 5, and 15 min
after lancing in the breastfed group. Two other studies have evaluated the analgesic
efficacy of breastfeeding prior to a painful procedure but discontinued during the
procedure [61, 62]. These studies have shown that if breastfeeding is not maintained
during the procedure, there is no analgesic effect.
Breast Milk
Studies on the analgesic effects of supplemental breast milk to reduce procedural pain in neonates have yielded conflicting results [46, 63–67]. In these studies
1–2 ml of breast milk, which contains 7% lactose, was placed in the infant’s mouth
via a syringe [46, 63–65, 67] or a special cup [66]. Term neonates were given 2 ml
of breast milk, and in the only study that included preterm and term neonates [46],
infants were given 1 ml of breast milk. Shah et al. have conducted a Cochrane
review on these studies and concluded that neonates given supplemental breast
milk had significantly less increase in heart rate and NFCS compared to placebo
groups [68]. However, the difference in the duration of crying and oxygen satu-
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
93
ration change between the supplemental breast milk group and the placebo group
were not statistically significant. Overall, results were conflicting; for instance,
Blass and colleagues [63] found that although colostrum delivered by syringe or
on a pacifier did not reduce crying or grimacing relative to control infants who
received water, it did prevent the increase in heart rate. Moreover, it was also found
that supplemental breast milk did not compare favorably to concentrated glucose
or sucrose, as reflected by higher increases in heart rate changes and duration of
crying time in the breast milk group. Thus, the available evidence does not support the use of milk as the sole intervention to alleviate procedural pain.
Music
Music has been used since ancient times to enhance well-being and reduce pain and
suffering [69]. Music is defined as an intentional auditory stimulus with organized
elements including melody, rhythm, harmony, timbre, form, and style. By contrast,
environmental sounds that exist without controls for volume or cause/effect relations are perceived as noise [69]. Music is ubiquitous in all human cultures and is
listened to by persons of all ages, races, and ethnic backgrounds. Music and music
therapy may benefit patients both directly and indirectly. Music has physiological,
psychological, and socioemotional direct effects. It may also affect patients indirectly through its effects on caregivers’ attitudes and behaviors [69].
Bo and Callaghan have tested the effect of NNS, music therapy (MT), and combined NNS and MT (NNS+MT), versus no intervention, on heart rate, tcPO2 levels, and pain behavior of neonates in NICUs having blood taken by a heel-stick
procedure [70]. The researchers used a within-subjects, repeated-measures, counterbalancing design. Each trial consisted of three periods of data collection: a baseline 1 min before the heel-stick procedure, each minute during 5 min of intervention, and each minute for 8 min after the heel stick. During the MT intervention
the researcher played intrauterine maternal pulse sounds with soothing music
through a cassette recorder placed near the neonate’s head using the same volume
each time. In the combined MT+NNS intervention, the neonates had the intrauterine sounds and a latex nipple. The authors found in 27 neonates of 30–41 weeks’
gestational age that the three comfort interventions significantly reduced neonates’
heart rate, improved their tcPO2 levels, and reduced their pain behavior. NNS+MT
had the strongest effect on neonates’ tcPO2 levels and pain behavior; MT alone
had the strongest effect on neonates’ heart rate. Butt and Kisilevsky examined the
physiological and behavioral effects of music during recovery from heel lance in
14 preterm infants at 29–36 weeks’ PCA in a crossover study [71]. Infants were
tested on two occasions: during a music condition and during a no-music control
condition. Each condition was videotaped during three periods: baseline, heel lance,
and recovery. Heel lance elicited a stress response (i.e., increased heart rate,
decreased oxygen saturation, increased state of arousal, and increased facial actions
94
R. Carbajal
indicative of pain) in both age groups. The stress response was greater in infants
of PCA greater than 31 weeks. During recovery, these infants had a more rapid
return of heart rate, behavioral state, and facial expressions of pain to baseline levels in the presence of compared to the absence of music. The authors concluded
that music is an effective intervention following a stress-provoking stimulus in
infants older than 31 weeks PCA [71]. The limitations of this study include the
small sample size and the absence of order effect testing (i.e., if the order of music
and no-music conditions affected the outcome).
Although methodological limitations exist, results of published studies suggest
that music may be useful in reducing procedural pain in neonates. If music is used,
it should probably not be provided for longer than 15 min per intervention due to
the risk of sensory overload [72].
Conclusions
As stated in the introduction, the alleviation of pain is a basic need and human right
regardless of age. Thus, the prevention and treatment of neonatal pain is essential.
Procedural pain is the principal source of pain in sick or preterm neonates. These
neonates experience numerous heel sticks, tracheal aspirations, venous and arterial punctures, gastric tube placements, and tracheal intubations. Epidemiological studies still show the need to improve procedural pain management in neonates. Several
nonpharmacological interventions are effective in reducing procedural pain in
neonates. These interventions are simple, feasible, and accessible and can be easily given by those caring for neonates. Using these interventions may also be costeffective because they involve minimal effort and time and may reduce or, in some
instances, obviate the need for analgesics. Nonpharmacological interventions are
also effective adjuncts to pharmacological pain management and they should be
combined as frequently as possible. Nonpharmacological interventions alone should
be used for only minor invasive procedures. For more invasive procedures, potent
pharmacological analgesics must be used.
References
1. Stevens B, Anand KJ (2000) An overview of neonatal pain. In: Anand KJ, Stevens B,
McGrath P (eds) Pain in neonates. Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, pp 1–7
2. Fitzgerald M (2000) Development of the peripheral and spinal pain system. In: Anand
KJ, Stevens B, McGrath P (eds) Pain in neonates. Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, pp 9–21
3. Simons SH, van Dijk M, Anand KS et al (2003) Do we still hurt newborn babies? A
prospective study of procedural pain and analgesia in neonates. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med
157:1058–1064
4. Barker DP, Rutter N (1995) Exposure to invasive procedures in neonatal intensive care
unit admissions. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 72:F47–F48
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
95
5. Carbajal R, Rousset A, Marchand A et al (2007) Number of invasive procedures and corresponding analgesic therapy in neonates admitted to NICUs and PICUs: The EPIPPAIN
Multicenter Study. Pediatric Academic Societies’ Annual Meeting, 5–8 May 2007,
Toronto, Canada. E-PAS2007:61:6281.3. Available at http://www.abstracts2view.com/pas/
6. Stevens B, Gibbins S, Franck LS (2000) Treatment of pain in the neonatal intensive care
unit. Pediatr Clin North Am 47:633–650
7. Menon G, Anand K J, McIntosh N (1998) Practical approach to analgesia and sedation
in the neonatal intensive care unit. Semin Perinatol 22:417–424
8. Harpin VA, Rutter N (1983) Making heel pricks less painful. Arch Dis Child 58:226–228
9. McIntosh N, van Veen L, Brameyer H (1994) Alleviation of the pain of heel prick in
preterm infants. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 70:F177–F181
10. Barker D, Latty B, Rutter N (1994) Heel blood sampling in preterm infants: which technique? Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 71:F206-F208
11. Paes B, Janes M, Vegh P et al (1993) A comparative study of heel-stick devices for infant
blood collection. Am J Dis Child 147:346–348
12. Barker DP, Willetts B, Cappendijk VC, Rutter N (1996) Capillary blood sampling:
should the heel be warmed? Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 74:F139–F140
13. Larsson BA, Tannfeldt G, Lagercrantz H, Olsson GL (1998) Venipuncture is more effective and less painful than heel lancing for blood tests in neonates. Pediatrics 101:882–886
14. Shah VS, Taddio A, Bennett S, Speidel BD (1997) Neonatal pain response to heel stick
vs venepuncture for routine blood sampling. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed
77:F143–F144
15. Shah V, Ohlsson A (2004) Venepuncture versus heel lance for blood sampling in term
neonates. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 4:CD001452
16. Blackburn S, Patteson D (1991) Effects of cycled light on activity state and cardiorespiratory function in preterm infants. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 4:47–54
17. Mann N P, Haddow R, Stokes L et al (1986) Effect of night and day on preterm infants
in a newborn nursery: randomised trial. Br Med J (Clin Res Ed) 293:1265–1267
18. Stevens B, Petryshen P, Hawkins J et al (1996) Developmental versus conventional care:
a comparison of clinical outcomes for very low birth weight infants. Can J Nurs Res
28:97–113
19. Campos RG (1989) Soothing pain-elicited distress in infants with swaddling and pacifiers. Child Dev 60:781–792
20. Fearon I, Kisilevsky BS, Hains SM et al (1997) Swaddling after heel lance: age-specific effects on behavioral recovery in preterm infants. J Dev Behav Pediatr 18:222–232
21. Prasopkittikun T, Tilokskulchai F (2003) Management of pain from heel stick in neonates:
an analysis of research conducted in Thailand. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 17:304–312
22. Corff KE, Seideman R, Venkataraman PS et al (1995) Facilitated tucking: a nonpharmacologic comfort measure for pain in preterm neonates. J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs
24:143–147
23. Grunau R E, Linhares M B, Holsti L et al (2004) Does prone or supine position influence pain responses in preterm infants at 32 weeks gestational age? Clin J Pain 20:76–82
24. Field T, Goldson E (1984) Pacifying effects of nonnutritive sucking on term and preterm
neonates during heelstick procedures. Pediatrics 74:1012–1015
25. Shiao SY, Chang YJ, Lannon H, Yarandi H (1997) Meta-analysis of the effects of nonnutritive sucking on heart rate and peripheral oxygenation: research from the past 30
years. Issues Compr Pediatr Nurs 20:11–24
26. Stevens B, Johnston C, Franck L et al (1999) The efficacy of developmentally sensitive
interventions and sucrose for relieving procedural pain in very low birth weight neonates.
Nurs Res 48:35–43
27. Corbo MG, Mansi G, Stagni A et al (2000) Nonnutritive sucking during heelstick procedures decreases behavioral distress in the newborn infant. Biol Neonate 77:162–167
28. Blass EM, Watt LB (1999) Suckling- and sucrose-induced analgesia in human newborns.
Pain 83:611–623
29. Bellieni CV, Bagnoli F, Perrone S et al (2002) Effect of multisensory stimulation on analgesia in term neonates: a randomized controlled trial. Pediatr Res 51:460–463
96
R. Carbajal
30. Carbajal R, Chauvet X, Couderc S, Olivier-Martin M (1999) Randomised trial of analgesic effects of sucrose, glucose, and pacifiers in term neonates. BMJ 319:1393–1397
31. Pinelli J, Symington A, Ciliska D (2002) Nonnutritive sucking in high-risk infants: benign
intervention or legitimate therapy? J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs 31:582–591
32. Blass EM, Hoffmeyer LB (1991) Sucrose as an analgesic for newborn infants. Pediatrics
87:215–218
33. Stevens B, Yamada J, Ohlsson A (2004) Sucrose for analgesia in newborn infants undergoing painful procedures. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 3:CD001069
34. Stevens B, Taddio A, Ohlsson A, Einarson T (1997) The efficacy of sucrose for relieving procedural pain in neonates – a systematic review and meta-analysis. Acta Paediatr
86:837–842
35. Johnston CC, Stremler R, Horton L, Friedman A (1999) Effect of repeated doses of
sucrose during heel stick procedure in preterm neonates. Biol Neonate 75:160–166
36. Barr RG, Quek VS, Cousineau D et al (1994) Effects of intra-oral sucrose on crying,
mouthing and hand-mouth contact in newborn and six-week-old infants. Dev Med Child
Neurol 36:608–618
37. Allen KD, White DD, Walburn JN (1996) Sucrose as an analgesic agent for infants during immunization injections. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 150:270–274
38. Barr RG, Young SN, Wright JH et al (1995) “Sucrose analgesia” and diphtheria-tetanuspertussis immunizations at 2 and 4 months. J Dev Behav Pediatr 16:220–225
39. Rogers AJ, Greenwald MH, Deguzman MA et al (2006) A randomized, controlled trial
of sucrose analgesia in infants younger than 90 days of age who require bladder catheterization in the pediatric emergency department. Acad Emerg Med 13:617–622
40. Lewindon PJ, Harkness L, Lewindon N (1998) Randomised controlled trial of sucrose
by mouth for the relief of infant crying after immunisation. Arch Dis Child 78:453–456
41. Ramenghi LA, Webb AV, Shevlin PM et al (2002) Intra-oral administration of sweet-tasting substances and infants’ crying response to immunization: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Biol Neonate 81:163–169
42. Schechter NL, Zempsky WT, Cohen LL et al (2007) Pain reduction during pediatric
immunizations: evidence-based review and recommendations. Pediatrics 119:e1184–1198
43. Barr RG, Pantel MS, Young SN et al (1999) The response of crying newborns to sucrose:
is it a “sweetness” effect? Physiol Behav 66:409–417
44. Prevention and management of pain and stress in the neonate. American Academy of
Pediatrics. Committee on Fetus and Newborn. Committee on Drugs. Section on
Anesthesiology. Section on Surgery. Canadian Paediatric Society. Fetus and Newborn
Committee. Pediatrics, 2000. 105:454–61
45. Royal Australasian College of Physicians, Paediatrics & Child Health Division (2005)
Guideline Statement: Management of Procedure-related Pain in Neonates. Available at
http://www.racp.edu.au [follow the links to Health Policy and Advocacy, then Paediatrics
and Child Health]
46. Skogsdal Y, Eriksson M, Schollin J (1997) Analgesia in newborns given oral glucose.
Acta Paediatr 86:217–220
47. Carbajal R, Lenclen R, Gajdos V et al (2002) Crossover trial of analgesic efficacy of glucose and pacifier in very preterm neonates during subcutaneous injections. Pediatrics
110(2 Pt 1):389–393
48. Guala A, Pastore G, Liverani M E et al (2001) Glucose or sucrose as an analgesic for
newborns: a randomised controlled blind trial. Minerva Pediatr 53:271–274
49. Isik U, Ozek E, Bilgen H, Cebeci D (2000) Comparison of oral glucose and sucrose solutions on pain response in neonates. J Pain 1:275–278
50. Deshmukh LS, Udani RH (2002) Analgesic effect of oral glucose in preterm infants
during venipuncture – a double-blind, randomized, controlled trial. J Trop Pediatr
48:138–141
51. Eriksson M, Finnström O (2004) Can daily repeated doses of orally administered glucose induce tolerance when given for neonatal pain relief? Acta Paediatr 93:246–249
52. Gibbins S, Stevens B, Hodnett E et al (2002) Efficacy and safety of sucrose for procedural pain relief in preterm and term neonates. Nurs Res 51:375–382
10 Nonpharmacological Treatment of Neonatal Pain
97
53. Johnston CC, Filion F, Snider L et al (2002) Routine sucrose analgesia during the first
week of life in neonates younger than 31 weeks’ postconceptional age. Pediatrics
110:523–528
54. Bellieni CV, Buonocore G, Nenci A et al (2001) Sensorial saturation: an effective analgesic tool for heel-prick in preterm infants: a prospective randomized trial. Biol Neonate
80:15–18
55. Gray L, Watt L, Blass EM (2000) Skin-to-skin contact is analgesic in healthy newborns.
Pediatrics 105:e14
56. Johnston CC, Stevens B, Pinelli J et al (2003) Kangaroo care is effective in diminishing
pain response in preterm neonates. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 157:1084–1088
57. Gray L, Miller LW, Philipp BL, Blass EM (2002) Breastfeeding is analgesic in healthy
newborns. Pediatrics 109:590–593
58. Carbajal R, Veerapen S, Couderc S et al (2003) Analgesic effect of breast feeding in term
neonates: randomised controlled trial. BMJ 326:13
59. Shendurnikar N, Gandhi K (2005) Analgesic effects of breastfeeding on heel lancing.
Indian Pediatr 42:730–732
60. Phillips RM, Chantry CJ, Gallagher MP (2005) Analgesic effects of breast-feeding or
pacifier use with maternal holding in term infants. Ambul Pediatr 5:359–364
61. Bilgen H, Ozek E, Cebeci D, Ors R (2001) Comparison of sucrose, expressed breast milk,
and breast-feeding on the neonatal response to heel prick. J Pain 2:301–305
62. Gradin M, Finnstrom O, Schollin J (2004) Feeding and oral glucose – additive effects
on pain reduction in newborns. Early Hum Dev 77:57–65
63. Blass EM, Miller LW (2001) Effects of colostrum in newborn humans: dissociation
between analgesic and cardiac effects. J Dev Behav Pediatr 22:385–390
64. Bucher HU, Baumgartner R, Bucher N et al (2000) Artificial sweetener reduces nociceptive reaction in term newborn infants. Early Hum Dev 59:51–60
65. Ors R, Ozek E, Baysoy G et al (1999) Comparison of sucrose and human milk on pain
response in newborns. Eur J Pediatr 158:63–66
66. Upadhyay A, Aggarwal R, Narayan S et al (2004) Analgesic effect of expressed breast
milk in procedural pain in term neonates: a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind
trial. Acta Paediatr 93:518–522
67. Uyan ZS, Ozek E, Bilgen H et al (2005) Effect of foremilk and hindmilk on simple procedural pain in newborns. Pediatr Int 47:252–257
68. Shah PS, Aliwalas LI, Shah V (2006) Breastfeeding or breast milk for procedural pain
in neonates. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 3:CD004950
69. Kemper KJ, Danhauer SC (2005) Music as therapy. South Med J 98:282–288
70. Bo LK, Callaghan P (2000) Soothing pain-elicited distress in Chinese neonates. Pediatrics
105:E49
71. Butt ML, Kisilevsky BS (2000) Music modulates behaviour of premature infants following heel lance. Can J Nurs Res 31:17–39
72. Cignacco E, Hamers JP, Stoffel L et al (2007) The efficacy of non-pharmacological interventions in the management of procedural pain in preterm and term neonates. A systematic literature review. Eur J Pain 11:139–152
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
99
Chapter 11
Sensory Saturation: An Analgesic Method
C.V. Bellieni, M. Maffei and G. Buonocore
Until a few years ago, it was claimed that the word ‘pain’ was inappropriate for newborns, as pain is a subjective experience that newborns, because of their age, cannot have [1], and until the 1980s opioids were rarely administered to newborns in
the case of surgery [2]. We are now aware that newborns actually feel pain and that
anesthesia reduces brain damage due to hypoxemia, hypertension, tachycardia,
variations in heart rate, and increased intracranial pressure provoked by pain [3, 4],
all of which are particularly dangerous in premature babies because of the immaturity of their cerebral vasoregulation [5].
Guidelines for the management of neonatal pain have been suggested [6–9],
especially in connection with blood sampling, which is often performed by heel
prick. To avoid the drawbacks of general and topical analgesics [10–15], nonpharmacologic methods of analgesia have been proposed. These include nonnutritional sucking [15] and instillation of glucose or other sweet liquids on the tongue
[16, 17]; glucose is supposed to provide analgesia by stimulating incretion of βendorphins [16, 18–20] through a preabsorption mechanism [21]. However,
although the methods used have reduced the signs of pain perception, they have
not eliminated them [22–27].
We recently developed a nonpharmacologic system to produce analgesia in newborns during minor invasive procedures [28, 29]. It consists in giving stimuli (tactile, auditory, olfactory, and visual) during a painful minor procedure. These stimuli compete with the pain transmission to the central nervous system, and for this
reason we call it “sensory saturation”. We have shown that these stimuli are ineffective without the analgesic effect of oral sugar, but, when added to it, they greatly increase the analgesic effect of an oral sweet solution.
The main explanation of this effect is the so called “gate control theory” [30],
according to which the brain is not a passive receiver of nociceptive input but can influence the information received, deciding whether or not it is important enough to record.
Stimulation of sensory channels prevents nociceptive nerve impulses from getting
through [31–33]. We studied this technique in 17 premature babies for whom it was
clinically necessary to perform a heel prick five times. To determine which analgesic
method was the most effective, we used a different one each of the five times. The
order in which the different methods were used was randomized. Either no analgesia
was attempted (control sample) or sucking, oral glucose with or without sucking, and
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
99
100
C.V. Bellieni et al.
sensory saturation were used for analgesic effect. The babies were filmed during the
procedure. The Premature Infant Pain Profile (PIPP) was used to score pain as it is
precise and takes into account gestational age, wakefulness, oxygen saturation, heart
rate, and facial expressions. Without glucose, pain scores were high, but glucose alone
had little analgesic effect. Glucose plus sucking was associated with a significantly
lower pain score. However, with sensory saturation the babies did not feel pain.
Glucose plus sucking reduced pain with respect to the control but did not eliminate
it. We knew this from the literature: babies sucking sugar solution cry less, but they
still cry a lot. In 1996, Abad showed that after oral administration of glucose during
blood sampling, babies cried for 20 s during the 3-min observation period [34]. We
repeated our study in 120 term babies and saw that with sensory saturation, term babies
cried for an average of 2.8 s throughout the heel-prick procedure [28].
We also investigated the increase in intracranial pressure during acute pain and
whether it was modified by sensory saturation. The instrument we used to measure
intracranial pressure was the tonometer that oculists use to measure eye pressure.
Measuring intracranial pressure by applying the tonometer to the anterior fontanel
was validated in 1982 to assess intracranial pressure in babies with cranial drainage
[35]. We studied 51 premature babies: one group was studied during blood sampling from the external jugular vein, a second during heel prick, and a third during
heel prick with the aid of sensory saturation [36]. We measured intracranial pressure before and during the various samplings to see how much it increased: sensory saturation almost completely canceled out this increase.
Sensory saturation is not complex: when correctly explained it is easily learnt.
Some examples can be seen at URL: http://www.euraibi.com. We recently showed
that it can be easily performed by mothers with 5 min training as effectively as by
experienced nurses [37]. It is worth remembering that the sign that the baby is ready
to receive the prick without pain is his/her having rhythmic sucking, a sign that relaxation and distraction have been achieved.
As sensory saturation is more effective than oral sugar solution or sucking, it
should be implemented as well as other methods which have shown their analgesic
effectiveness (e.g. breastfeeding): newborns need not merely a drug or a “good technical procedure” during a painful event, but a human presence that accompanies,
distracts, and comforts them.
References
1. De Lima J et al (1996) Infant and neonatal pain. BMJ 313:787
2. Beyer JE, DeGood DE, Ashley LC et al (1983) Patterns of postoperative analgesic use
with adults and children following cardiac surgery. Pain 17:71–81
3. Anand KJ (1998) Clinical importance of pain and stress in preterm neonates. Biol
Neonate 73:1–9
4. Stevens BJ, Johnston CC (1994) Physiological responses of premature infants to a
painful stimulus. Nurs Res 43:226–231
11 Sensory Saturation: An Analgesic Method
101
5. Tsuji M, Saul P, du Plessis A et al (2000) Cerebral intravascular oxygenation correlates with mean arterial pressure in critically ill premature infants. Pediatrics
106:625–632
6. Anonymous (2000) Prevention and management of pain and stress in the neonate.
Pediatrics 105:454–458
7. Spaeth JP, O’Hara IB, Kurth CD (1998) Anesthesia for the micropremie. Semin Perinatol
22:390–401
8. Stevens B, Gibbins S, Franck LS (2000) Treatment of pain in the neonatal intensive care
unit. Pediatr Clin North Am 47:633–640
9. Carbajal R, Simon N (1995) Sédation et analgésie chez l’enfant. Arch Pédiatr
2:1089–1096
10. Jacqz-Aigrain E, Burtin P (1996) Clinical pharmacokinetics of sedatives in neonates. Clin
Pharmacokinet 31:423–443
11. Levene M (1995) Pain relief and sedation during neonatal intensive care. Eur J Pediatr
54(Suppl 3):S22–S23
12. Law RMT, Halpern S, Martins RF et al (1996) Measurement of methemoglobin after
EMLA analgesia for newborn circumcision. Biol Neonate 70:213–217
13. Gourrier E, Karoubi P, El Hanache A et al (1995) Utilisation de la crème EMLA chez
le nouveau-né à terme et prématuré. Etude d’efficacité et de tolérance. Arch Pédiatr
2:1041–1046
14. Lemmen RJ, Semmekrot BA (1996) Muscle rigidity causing life-threatening hypercapnia following fentanyl administration in a premature infant. Eur J Pediatr 155:1067
15. Blass EM, Watt LB (1999) Suckling and sucrose induced analgesia in human newborns.
Pain 83:611–623
16. Blass EM, Fitzgerald E (1988) Milk-induced analgesia and comforting in 10-day-old rats:
opioid mediation. Pharmacol Biochem Behav 29:9–3
17. Blass EM (1997) Milk-induced hypoalgesia in human newborns. Pediatrics 99:825–829
18. Balon-Perin S, Kolanowski J, Berbinschi A et al (1991) The effects of glucose ingestion
and fasting on plasma immunoreactive beta-endorphin, adrenocorticotropic hormone and
cortisol in obese subjects. J Endocrinol Invest 14:919–925
19. Tropeano G, Lucisano A, Liberale I et al (1994) Insulin, C-peptide, androgens and endorphin response to oral glucose in patients with polycystic ovary syndrome. J Clin
Endocrinol Metab 78:305–309
20. Shide DJ, Blass EEM (1989) Opioid-like effects in intraoral infusions of corn oil and
polycose on stress reactions in 10-day-old rats. Behav Neurosi 103:1168–1175
21. Ramenghi LA, Evans DJ, Levene MI (1999) ‘Sucrose analgesia’: absorptive mechanism
or taste perception? Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 80:F146–F147
22. Abad F, Diaz NM, Domenech E et al (1996) Oral sweet solution reduces pain-related
behaviour in preterm infants. Acta Paediatr 85:854–858
23. Bucher HU, Moser T, Von Siebental K et al (1995) Sucrose reduces pain reaction to heel
lancing in preterm infants: a placebo-controlled, randomized and masked study. Pediatr
Res 38:332–335
24. Stevens B, Johnston C, Franck L et al (1999) The efficacy of developmentally sensitive
interventions and sucrose for relieving procedural pain in very low birth weight neonates.
Nurs Res 48:35–43
25. Johnston CC, Stremler RL, Stevens BJ, Horton LJ (1997) Effectiveness of oral sucrose
and simulated rocking on pain response in preterm neonates. Pain 72:193–199
26. McIntosh N, van Veen L, Brameyer H (1994) Alleviation of the pain of heel prick in
preterm infants. Arch Dis Child 70:F177–F181
27. Ramenghi L, Wood CM, Griffith GC, Levene MI (1996) Reduction of pain response in
premature infants using intraoral sucrose. Arch Dis Child 74:F126–F128
28. Bellieni CV, Bagnoli F, Perrone S et al (2002) Effect of multisensory stimulation on analgesia in term neonates: a randomised controlled trial. Pediatr Res 51:460–463
29. Bellieni CV, Buonocore G, Nenci A et al (2001) Sensorial saturation: an effective analgesic tool for heel-prick in preterm infants: a prospective randomized trial. Biol Neonate
80:15–18
102
C.V. Bellieni et al.
30. Lindahl S (1997) Calming minds or killing pain in newborn infants? Acta Paediatr
86:787–788
31. Melzack R, Wall PD (1965) Pain mechanisms: a new theory. Science 150:971–979
32. Wall PD (1978) The gate control theory of pain mechanism. A re-examination and restatement. Brain 101:1–18
33. Melzack R (1999) From the gate to the neuromatrix. Pain 6:S121–S126
34. Abad F, Diaz NM, Domenech E et al (1996) Oral sweet solution reduces pain-related
behaviour in preterm infants. Acta Paediatr 85:854–848
35. Easa D, Tran A, Bingham W (1983) Noninvasive intracranial pressure measurement in
the newborn. Am J Dis Child 137:332–335
36. Bellieni CV, Burroni A, Perrone S et al (2003) Intracranial pressure during procedural
pain. Biol Neonate 84:202–205
37. Bellieni CV, Cordelli DM, Marchi S et al (2007) Sensorial saturation for neonatal analgesia. Clin J Pain 23:219–221
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
103
Chapter 12
Pharmacologic Analgesia in the Newborn
A.M. Guadagni
There is increasing evidence that neuroanatomic and neuroendocrine components for
the perception and transmission of painful stimuli are fully developed in the newborn
even when preterm. Incomplete myelination only means slower transmission. Pain
in the newborn increases heart rate, mean airway pressure, O2 consumption, and levels of catecholamines, corticosteroids, and glucagons; decreases arterial O2 saturation; produces acidosis, hyperglycemia, and pulmonary hypertension; and increases
susceptibility to infections and intraventricular hemorrhage (preterms) [1, 2].
Untreated pain may in fact exacerbate injury, increase the incidence of neurological
handicap, lead to infection, prolong hospitalization, and may even lead to death [3, 4].
Major advances in neurobiology, from molecular studies to imaging the cortex
of the brain, show the complex integration of nerve cell activity and have brought
about a fundamental change in attitude and expectations regarding the control of
pain [5]. Hospitalized newborns are subjected to many invasive procedures as part
of their medical care: care-giving (bathing, diaper changing, feeding, placing of orogastric and nasogastric tubes, weighing, measuring); diagnostic (heel, venous and
arterial puncture, radiography, ultrasonography, lumbar puncture, bronchoscopy
and esophagoscopy, eye examination for retinopathy of prematurity); and therapeutic
(insertion of chest tubes and other drainages, tracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation, bronchoalveolar lavage, endotracheal suction, peripheral and central line
insertion, cannulation for extracorporeal membrane oxygenation and continuous
arterovenous haemodialysis, surgery, and postoperative management).
Today healthcare professionals expect to control pain by using preventive and
active strategies including nonpharmacological and pharmacological treatment of
neonatal pain. The Association of European Scientists has promulgated standardof-care guidelines and/or position statements regarding neonatal pain management,
to increase long-term quality of life [6].
Comfort Measures
The suffering of neonates can be avoided. Quieting techniques are a useful way to
help control pain response in the neonate.
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
103
104
A.M. Guadagni
– Always minimize discomfort and limit painful procedures.
– Give the neonate glucose or sucrose 10–15% to suck [7–9].
– Sensory saturation (massage, voice, eye contact, perfume and sucrose) is also
effective [10].
Local Analgesia
Topical anesthetics provide analgesia for minor invasive procedures by preventing
the transmission of noxious stimuli either at the peripheral receptor site or at the
spinal cord.
Bupivacaine and lidocaine are the two drugs most commonly used for local infiltration in solution (0.5–1%), in painful procedures. Bupivacaine is longer acting but
more cardiotoxic than lidocaine. Toxicity is determined by its absorption in the systemic circulation.
Bupivacaine and ropivacaine are drugs used for infusion with a peridural catheter
in 0.25% solution. If they are administered using regional techniques, stress responses are significantly decreased, the need for postoperative ventilation may be avoided or shortened, and intestinal motility recovers more quickly. Regional techniques
have been investigated for safety and efficacy in neonates and infants. Adding opioids to local anesthetic epidural infusions may have the benefit of reducing the dose
of local anesthetic required to produce adequate analgesia, thereby decreasing the
risk of toxicity. Varying opinion exists among pediatric anesthesia practitioners
regarding the relative risks and benefits of using opioids either exclusively or in combination with local anesthetics in epidural infusions, compared to local anestheticonly epidural infusions.
EMLA (euthetic mixture of local anesthetic) is an emulsion containing prilocaine
and lidocaine. Continuous or repeated use may cause methemoglobinemia because
methemoglobin reductase is deficient in the newborn. This does not appear to be a
problem in premature neonates if it is used only once in a day. The recommended
dose is 1–2 g 60 min before procedure, and the site must be covered with a waterimpermeable dressing [11, 12]. EMLA is not recommended for heel prick because
it produces local vasoconstriction.
General Analgesia
Nonnarcotic Drugs
Acetaminophen and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be helpful in providing mild to moderate analgesia. They produce analgesia for moderate pain but
12 Pharmacologic Analgesia in the Newborn
105
when given alone do not relieve surgical pain [13, 14]. Dosages are:
– Acetaminophen 10–15 mg/kg every 6 h p.o.; 20–30 mg/kg every 6 h p.r. (overdose may cause hepatotoxicity).
– Ibuprofen 5–10 mg/kg every 6 h p.o. (gastric irritant, must be used with caution
in neonates with neonatal entero colitis).
Sedatives used in the newborn are midazolam and lorazepam. They can help
decrease agitation, improve comfort, and increase the effect of narcotics, but do not
by themselves provide analgesia. Dosages are:
– Midazolam 0.05–0.1 mg/kg i.v. and 0.02–0.06 mg/kg/h.
– Lorazepam 0.05–0.1 mg/kg i.v. or p.o. every 4–8 h.
Narcotic Drugs
Narcotic drugs are opiates (morphine) and opioids (fentanyl, sufentanil, remifentanil, etc.). They are recognized as the standard drug for pain relief in major invasive procedures (artificial ventilation, surgical procedures, chest tube placement).
Recognition of their limitations has, however, enabled a broad reappraisal of the indications for opioid treatment. These can be classified as either μ or k depending on
the receptor subtype at which they exert their action, with a similar mechanism in
each case.
Absorption, metabolism, distribution, and clearance of drugs in the neonate differ from those in the older child. The target steady-state concentration is influenced
by gestational age, age since birth, and weight, and also by the fraction of drug
bound to plasma proteins. There are differences also in onset and duration of action,
and important differences also relating to the modality of administration (intravenous, continuous infusion, oral, rectal). The goal of the treatment is to achieve
and maintain a free drug concentration at the site of action that will produce the
maximum desired effect with a minimal risk of toxicity. Opioids produce adverse
effects that can be minimized by appropriate drug selection and dosing. Respiratory
depression, hypotension, glottic and chest wall rigidity, constipation, seizures, sedation, and bradycardia are well described.
The most commonly used drugs to treat or prevent pain are morphine and fentanyl. They decrease cortisolemia [15], decrease stress [1, 16], and produce better
ventilator synchrony [17], oxygenation [18], and blood pressure stability [19].
Morphine remains the gold standard for comparison of all other opioids. Morphine
is an extract of opium and a standard opioid analgesic for all ages including
neonates; it has induced histamine release, pruritus, urinary retention, and seizures
(reported in the newborn at “standard” intravenous doses). Hypotension and bradycardia are part of the histamine response to morphine and are associated with rapid
intravenous bolus administration. Morphine is 70–80 times less potent than fentanyl
and produced less tolerance and withdrawal effects than fentanyl.
106
A.M. Guadagni
Fentanyl is a synthetic opioid with a large postulated effect on the μ-receptor.
Fentanyl has a wide margin of safety and beneficial effects on hemodynamic stability [20]. It has a rapid onset and short duration of action. Chest wall and glottis
rigidity are adverse effects with high bolus dosing (>5 μg/kg), but may occur even
with low doses (1–2 μg/kg) if infusion is too rapid. The short duration of action
(<60 min) is because of its distribution (high lipid solubility).
Remifentanil is a new opioid selective μ-receptor agonist with a higher potency than
alfentanil. The metabolism is independent of liver and renal function and reacts with
nonspecific esterase in tissue and erythrocytes; carbonic acid is excreted through
the kidneys. Intravenous remifentanil doses of 0.25 μg/kg per minute appear to be
safe and effective in neonates [21, 22], but data concerning the use of remifentanil
in this group are few. The decision as to which opioid to use depends on the type
of underlying pathology in the neonate, the type of procedures intended, the duration of treatment, and the experience of the neonatal intensive care unit.
Drugs used for endotracheal intubation are:
– Atropine 0.02 μg/kg i.v.
– Fentanyl 0.5–2 μg/kg i.v. in 3–5 min.
– Succinylcholine 1–2 mg/kg i.v..
– Remifentanil 0.1–0.25 μg/kg per minute as a continuous infusion.
Drugs used for mechanical ventilation are:
– Morphine 50–100 μg/kg i.v. or 10.50 μg/kg/h.
– Fentanyl 0.5–3 μg/kg i.v. in 30 min, or 0.5–2 μg/kg/h.
– Remifentanil: 0.1–0.25 μg/kg per minute as a continuous infusion.
The side effects of treatment are constipation and urinary retention (opioids), respiratory depression (opioids), histamine release and bronchoconstriction (morphine), chest wall and glottis rigidity (fentanyl), tolerance and withdrawal effects
(opioids), and myoclonic movements (midazolam).
The duration of opioid receptor occupancy is important for the development of
tolerance and dependence, which occurs when the total opioids dosage is greater
than 1.6 mg/kg or infusion for more than 5 days. The infusion modality is also very
important: continuous infusion of opioids may produce tolerance more rapidly than
an intravenous bolus. To minimize withdrawal syndrome, dosage must be decreased
by 20% in the first 24 h and by 10% every 12 h thereafter [24].
If respiratory depression occurs, naloxone 10 μg/kg may be given intramuscularly or intravenously. Naloxone also antagonizes endorphin effects.
Future Perspectives
Future developments will include:
– Use of regional analgesia technique.
– Sequential rotation of analgesics.
12 Pharmacologic Analgesia in the Newborn
107
–
–
–
–
Bolus vs. continuous infusion of opioids.
Use of new opioids (remifentanil).
Addition of ultra-low doses of opioid antagonists (naloxone).
Use of noncompetitive NMDA antagonists (methadone-dextromethorphan) [25].
In conclusion, analgesia and sedation represent an important component of the
comprehensive optimal management of the newborn; however, caution must be exercised because of possible side effects and/or complications of treatment. New drugs
and novel approaches are recommended to be used, but tested before they are introduced into routine clinical practice.
References
1. Anand KJ, Hickey PR (1987) Pain and its effects in the human neonate and fetus. N Engl
J Med 317:1321–1329
2. Barker DP, Rutter N (1995) Exposure to invasive procedures in neonatal intensive care
admissions. Arch Dis Child 72:F47–F48
3. Anand KJS, Barton BA, McIntosh N et al (1999) Analgesia and sedation in preterm
neonates who require ventilatory support. Results from the NOPAIN trial. Arch Pediatr
Adolesc Med 153:331–338
4. Barker DP, Rutter N (1996) Stress, severity of illness, and outcome in ventilated preterm
infants. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal Ed 75:F187–F190
5 Dubner R, Gold M (1999) The neurobiology of pain. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96:76277630
6. Anand KJS, International Evidence-Based Group for Neonatal Pain (2001) Consensus
statement for the prevention and management of pain in the newborn. Arch Pediatr
Adolesc Med 155:173–180
7. Blass EM (1991) Sucrose as an analgesic for newborn infants. Pediatrics 87:215
8. Bucher HW (1995) Sucrose reduce pain reaction to heel lancing in preterm infants. Pediatr
Res 38:332–335
9. Stevens B (1997) The efficacy of sucrose for relieving procedural pain in neonates. Arch
Pediatr 86:837–842
10. Bellieni CV, Bagnoli F, Perrone S et al (2002) Effect of multisensory stimulation on analgesia in term neonates: a randomized controlled trial. Pediatr Res 51:460–463
11. Gourrier E (1995) Use of EMLA cream in premature and full-term newborn infants. Study
of efficacy and tolerance. Arch Pediatr 2:1041–1046
12. Taddio A (1996) Safety of lidocaine-prilocaine cream in preterm and full term neonates.
Pediatr Res 39:80A
13. Autret E, Dutertre JP, Breteau M et al (1993) Pharmacokinetics of paracetamol in neonate
and infant after administration of proparacetamol chlorhydrate. Dev Pharmacol Ther
20:129–134
14. Shah V, Taddio A, Ohlsson A (1998) Randomised controlled trial of paracetamol for heel
prick pain in neonates. Arch Dis Child 79:F209–F211
15. Orsini AJ (1996) Routine use of fentanyl infusion for pain and stress reduction in infants
with respiratory distress. J Pediatr 129:140–145
16. Quinn MW, Wild J, Dean HG et al (1993) Randomised double-blind controlled trial of
effect of morphine on catecholamine concentrations in ventilated preterm babies. Lancet
342:324–327
17. Dyke MP, Kohan R, Evans S (1995) Morphine increases synchronous ventilation in
preterm infants. J Paediatr Child Health 31:176–179
18. Pokela ML (1994) Pain relief can reduce hypoxemia in distressed neonates during routine treatment procedures. Pediatrics 93:379–383
108
A.M. Guadagni
19. Goldstein RF, Brazy JE (1991) Narcotic sedation stabilizes arterial blood pressure fluctuations in sick premature infants. J Perinatol 11:365–371
20. Saarenmaa E, Huttunen P, Leppäluoto J et al (1999) Advantages of fentanyl over morphine in analgesia for ventilated newborn infants after birth: a randomized trial. J Pediatr
134:144–150
21. Davis PJ, Galinkin J, McGowan FX et al (2001) A randomised multicenter study of
remifentaniyl compared with halothane in neonates and infants undergoing pyloromyotomy. Anesth Analg 93:1380–1386
22. Chiaretti A, Pietrini D, Piastra M et al (2000) Safety and efficacy of remifentaniyl in craniosynostosis repair in children less than 1 year old. Pediatr Neurosurg 33:83–88
23. Barrington KJ (1998) Premedication for neonatal intubations. Am J Perinatol 15:213–216
24. Suresh S, Anand KJS (2001) Opioid tolerance in neonates: a state of the art review. Pediatr
Anaesth 11:511–521
25. Yeh GC, Tao PL, Chen JY et al (2002) Dextromethorphan attenuates morphine withdrawal
syndrome in neonatal rats passively exposed to morphine. Eur J Pharmacol 453:197–202
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
109
Chapter 13
Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
R. Sisto
Introduction
Physical risks in incubators mainly relate to noise and electromagnetic radiation
exposure. The special vulnerability of neonates, associated with the development
of their central nervous system and sensory apparatuses, suggests that particular care
should be taken in monitoring their exposure to risk agents. The present chapter provides a brief introduction to these topics.
Noise Exposure
Noise exposure may be quantified according to the objective physical characteristics of the associated acoustic signal, or according to the level of subjective loudness and annoyance reported by the listener. Both aspects are relevant to understanding the effects of noise exposure on humans, and therefore a short introduction to these two complementary points of view seems useful.
Physical and Psychological Nature of Acoustic Noise
Physics
Any medium characterized by inertia and elasticity may propagate oscillatory
waves. An acoustic wave is a perturbation of pressure and of the velocity field associated with spatially coherent oscillatory motion of the medium (a fluid, like air or
water, a solid body, or a plasma) propagating through it at the speed of sound. In
air, acoustic waves propagate pressure perturbations that are small fluctuations
around the equilibrium atmospheric pressure value (for example, the pressure fluctuation associated with the sound level of typical noisy classroms amounts to
approximately one millionth of the atmospheric pressure).
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
109
110
R. Sisto
Acoustic waves with a frequency in the audible range (20 Hz to 20 kHz) give
rise to sound perception in the human. Infrasonic and ultrasonic waves do not cause
auditory perception. Infrasound may be perceived as an annoying vibration, while
ultrasounds may be harmful for humans.
Acoustic noise is a stochastic signal, whose evolution in time is characterized by
absence of phase coherence, while its spectrum may also show a resonant shape,
according to the geometry of the environment. Mathematically, due to complete lack
of phase coherence, a stochastic signal is completely characterized by its autocorrelation function, or, equivalently, by its power spectrum, which is the Fourier transform of the autocorrelation function.
Acoustic or sound pressure level (SPL) is expressed in decibels (dB SPL), and
defined as:
⎛ p2 ⎞
⎟
L (dB) = 10 log10 ⎜⎜
⎟
p
2
⎝ O ⎠
(1)
where p is the acoustic pressure, expressed in pascals (Pa), and p0 is the standard
reference pressure p0 = 20 μPa. The equivalent sound level is the mean square
value of acoustic pressure calculated over a time interval T:
Leq (dB) = 10 log10
1
T
T
∫
0
p(t )2
dt .
pO 2
(2)
The equivalent level Leq is the level of a hypothetical constant noise that would produce, over the time interval T, the same acoustic energy as the phenomenon under
consideration.
Psychoacoustics
In psychoacoustics, “noise” is a sound characterized by absence of semantic content, and that produces annoyance in the listener. Both the physical intensity and
the semantic content of the acoustic signal contribute to the subjective sensation level of annoyance. The subjective evaluation of the sound intensity is defined in psychoacoustics as loudness. Isophonic curves provide a representation of the psychoacoustic hearing sensitivity as a function of frequency. These curves, for each
frequency, connect sound levels corresponding to the same loudness sensation of a
1 kHz tone of a given level.
The parameter commonly used to evaluate the risk associated with exposure to
noise is the A-weighted equivalent sound level: LA,eq. The A-weighting curve A(f)
approaches the ear sensitivity at the sound level of 40 dB, i.e., it equalizes the sound
spectrum according to the different sensitivity of the ear at different frequencies at
a level of 40 dB. For higher sound levels, which are relevant to the noise exposure
issue, other weighting curves have been computed, but A-weighting is commonly
13 Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
111
used independently of the noise level, as a standard practice. The A-weighted
sound pressure level is given by:
⎞
⎛
0.1 L
+A
LA,eq (dBA ) = 10 log10 ⎜ ∑ 10 f ( k ) f ( k ) ⎟
⎠
⎝ k
(3)
Effects of Exposure to Noise
Auditory Effects
High levels of noise are responsible for hearing loss. A correlation has been well
established between noise level, exposure duration, and hearing loss [1].
International Standard curves also take into account physiological hearing loss associated with aging, which is obviously not present in babies.
The risk of damage to the auditory system starts at sound levels of the order of
78–80 dBA (the “A” denotes use of the A-weighting filter). The inner ear is the
most sensitive part of the auditory system. A sophisticated feedback system
between the outer hair cells (OHCs) and the peripheral nervous system (at the brainstem level) provides active nonlinear amplification of the transverse vibration of
the basilar membrane, which is responsible for the astounding hearing capability
of humans in terms of perception threshold and frequency discrimination. The feedback mediated by the OHCs performs as an active filter, amplifying the cochlear
response by narrowing the bandwidth of the detector. As a consequence, low threshold and good frequency resolution are closely related to each other. Unfortunately,
OHCs are particularly sensitive to noise exposure. Above noise levels of
100–110 dBA, acute OHC damage effects can cause permanent hearing impairment, but OHCs show generally a good capability of recovering their functionality after acute exposure if they have enough time to do so. A more subtle risk is
associated with chronic exposure to much lower levels of noise (as low as 80 dBA),
which can cause permanent damage of the OHCs if recovery cannot be fully
reached before the next noise exposure.
Nonauditory Effects
The effects of noise on human health show that noise, even at low levels, interacts
with the organism in a complex way, also giving rise to nonauditory effects [2].
The nonauditory effects of noise, such as the annoyance effect, can induce psychological and somatic disturbances which can interfere with personal feeling and
health, interpersonal relations, and so on. The sound levels that may induce annoy-
112
R. Sisto
ance can be very low. The most important nonauditory effects relate to cardiovascular diseases, sleep disturbances, and performance at work; direct effects on psychopathology are still controversial.
Noise Sources in Incubators
Typical Noise Levels in Incubators
Noise levels in incubators from various sources under different conditions were evaluated by Bellieni et al. [3]. Here, we summarize some of the main results of this
study.
The main sources of noise are:
– Incubator engine (continuous)
– Opening and closing portholes (transient)
– Temperature alarm (occasional, short duration)
– Baby crying (may be frequent, unpredictable duration)
The noise levels found by the authors are summarized in Table 1. A typical background noise of 50 dBA can be found when the incubator is on. This is very high
compared with the background noise measured the incubator is switched off:
34–36 dBA. The noise criteria adopted by the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) to prevent annoyance recommend noise levels for bedrooms
or hospitals in the range of 25–35 dBA. Noise levels in the range 45–50 dBA exceed
tolerability criteria established to prevent sleeping annoyance.
Reverberating and Resonant Characteristics of Incubators
As Table 1 shows, the greatest source of noise in the incubator is the cry of the
neonate himself (noise levels above 80 dBA). The incubator is a highly reverberating acoustic environment, which amplifies the sounds produced inside it. As a con-
Table 1 Noise levels from various sources under different conditions. (From [3])
Measurement conditions
Noise level Leq (dBA)
Open hood
Background noise, incubator OFF
Background noise, incubator ON
Opening and closing portholes
Temperature alarm
Baby crying
36–37
46–47
70–71
58–59
81–83
Closed hood without Closed hood with
sound absorber
sound absorber
34–36
48–50
73–74
56–57
84–87
33–35
48–50
70–71
50–51
82–85
113
13 Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
sequence, sounds originating inside the incubators produce noise levels at the
neonate ear that typically exceed by about 3 dB the levels that would be produced
by the same source in the open. Moreover, the geometry and size of the incubator
are such that the incubator behaves as a resonating cavity for acoustic waves for
several frequencies in the audible range. This causes development of persistent
standing waves that can cause both hearing damage and annoyance.
Crying Distortion
The reverberating and resonating characteristics of the incubators are responsible
for acoustic distortion phenomena. In particular, when the baby is crying its voice
is heard amplified and distorted at the neonate ear position. These phenomena were
analyzed by Bellieni et al. [3]. In their study an acoustic amplification–distortion
index was calculated in each frequency band (thirds of octave) using the following expression:
Df = Lc – La ,
(4)
where Lc is the sound level at the frequency f, measured within closed Plexiglas walls
and La is the corresponding level measured without Plexiglas walls. Figure 1 shows
the crying spectra inside the incubator in different environmental conditions.
Open hood
Closed hood
With absorbing material
90
Sound level (dB)
80
70
60
50
40
30
10
100
1000
10000
100000
Frequency (Hz)
Fig. 1 Noise distortion inside the incubator. Comparison between noise spectra of neonate
crying in different conditions of the incubator. (From [3])
114
R. Sisto
Testing the Neonate Auditory System
Objective Diagnostic Tools
The neonate acoustic spectral sensitivity curve is not well established, because psychoacoustic techniques are not suitable for noncollaborating subjects such as
neonates. However, objective techniques exist, from which it is possible to gain
information about auditory function in neonates. Objective techniques include electrocochleography and measurement of acoustic brainstem response (ABR), steadystate ABR, and otoacoustic emissions (OAEs). Electrocochleography is a sensitive
but rather invasive technique, requiring direct access to the cochlea by needle electrodes. ABR techniques require rather long averaging times, due to the low signal
level, to reach a good signal-to-noise ratio, and are perturbed by the movements of
the subject. Steady-state ABR techniques have been significantly improved in the
last years, but are still affected by rather large uncertainties.
OAEs are acoustic signals which can be measured in the ear canal, in the presence (evoked OAEs) or absence (spontaneous OAEs, or SOAEs) of an external
acoustic stimulus, as a consequence of activation of the OHCs’ feedback system.
Figure 2 shows a typical spectrum of spontaneous OAEs of a neonate. The high level
of the peaks is notable.
Fig. 2 Spectrum of the spontaneous otoacoustic emissions of a neonate
13 Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
115
Evoked OAEs are classified according to the stimulus used to elicit them.
Several different techniques are currently available. A main distinction is made
between transient evoked OAEs (TEAOEs) and OAEs evoked by pure tones
(stimulus-frequency OAEs, SFOAEs) or by two tones (distortion product OAEs,
DPOAEs) [4].
Hearing Functionality and OAEs
As mentioned above, the nonlinear amplification active feedback mechanism providing the high sensitivity and sharp frequency resolution of the auditory system
is localized in the cochlea, particularly in the OHCs, and OHCs are the first part
of the auditory system to be damaged by high levels of noise exposure. The functionality of the cochlear active filter is also a necessary condition for the production of otoacoustic emissions, whose characteristics are very sensitive to
small variations of the cochlear filter parameters. In fact, according to cochlear
models of the OAE generation, the excitation level of the basilar membrane, which
is strongly amplified by the active feedback mechanism, is directly related to the
level of the OAEs. Therefore the sensitivity of hearing is correlated to the OAE
levels.
Cochlear Tuning and OAEs
Another psychoacoustic characteristic of hearing, frequency discrimination capability, is related to measurable OAE parameters, namely the OAE characteristic delay
times, which are often defined as latencies.
In psychoacoustics, cochlear tuning is the ability to discriminate sounds of different frequency, and it is measured using masking techniques. These techniques
measure the variation of the perception threshold for a given frequency tone, as the
frequency band of a masking noise signal approaches that frequency, identifying a
critical band, which defines the frequency resolution of hearing.
In physics, cochlear tuning is related to the sharpness of the tonotopic cochlear
filter, which is reflected in the activation pattern of the basilar membrane. Direct
measurements of the basilar membrane frequency response have shown that the
membrane’s excitation pattern has a typical resonant shape. For each place x in the
cochlea, the maximum basilar membrane displacement is given by its characteristic frequency CF(x), with CF(x) being an exponential function [5]. The width of the
frequency response curve around CF(x), or, equivalently, the width of the excitation pattern due to a single frequency CF(x) around its tonotopic place x, is an
increasing function of the stimulus level, and a direct measure of the frequency resolution of hearing.
Moleti and Sisto [6] demonstrated that it is also possible to estimate cochlear
tuning for noncollaborating subjects, such as neonates, using a new technique
116
R. Sisto
based on time–frequency analysis of OAEs. The slowing down of each frequency component of the traveling wave approaching its tonotopic place is a function
of the sharpness of the corresponding cochlear filter, and, therefore, cochlear tuning may be estimated from time-frequency measurements of the TEOAE latency,
or from measurements of the phase-gradient delay of SFOAEs [7]. As is shown
in Fig. 3, these OAE measurements show that the average neonate tuning curve
is significantly higher than the adult curve, suggesting higher noise vulnerability
in neonates. In fact, high effectiveness of the cochlear filter for intense signals
could be associated with lower effectiveness of the self-defense efferent feedback
mechanism protecting the ear from intense noise [6]. Other authors have used
DPOAE tuning curves to reach the conclusion that immaturity of the efferent system reduces protection of the hearing system from intense noise in babies [8].
Recently, studies on premature neonates have shown that OAE latency is higher
in preterm than in full-term neonates, which would accord with the above interpretations.
For the above reasons, neonates could be particularly vulnerable to noise, and
among them, preterm neonates, which are more commonly exposed for quite a long
time to the noisy incubator environment, could be the most vulnerable.
Cochlear tuning factor Q
25
20
15
10
5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
f(kHz)
Fig. 3 Comparison between the tuning curve in adults (solid line) and neonates (dotted line),
derived from otoacoustic emission latency measurements
13 Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
117
Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields
Physical Nature of Electromagnetic Waves
An electromagnetic field consists of variable electric and magnetic fields that excite
each other through their time variations. Such variable fields are generated by accelerated charges and variable currents. For oscillating sources, the period of oscillation T = 1/f is related to the wavelength λ by the relation λ = cT (or λ = c/f).
Electromagnetic radiation from a dipole source consists of several contributions,
with different dependence on the distance from the source, with terms going as λ/r
and (λ/r)2, (λ/r)3. Only the term with the λ/r dependence propagates energy radiating from the source, as for the others the time-averaged flux of the Poynting vector over a closed surface is null. The λ/r term is associated with electromagnetic
radiation propagation, and it is dominant at distances much larger than the wavelength (far field). At great distances from the source (r Ⰷ λ), the electromagnetic
fields propagate at the speed of light as electromagnetic waves.
For visible radiation at macroscopic distances the far-field approximation is
obviously correct, but for microwave and radio waves the other terms cannot be
neglected, and become dominant.
At short distances from the source (r Ⰶ λ) the near-field terms are dominant, which
are time-modulated versions of the static dipole fields, which do not transmit any energy flux across a closed surface. For low-frequency electromagnetic fields, the near-field
condition typically holds; for example, for f = 1000 Hz, λ = 300 km.
Interaction of Electromagnetic Fields with Biological Systems
Nonionizing Radiation and the Role of Frequency
Nonionizing radiation is characterized by the fact that the single photon energy,
which is related to frequency by the relation E = hf, is not sufficient for ionizing a
single atom or molecule. The quantum nature of the interaction between radiation
and matter implies indeed that the single photon energy must exceed a well-defined
threshold to excite or ionize an atom.
Frequency is the main physical parameter that influences the interaction between
electromagnetic field and biological systems. A distinction is usually made between
extremely low frequency (ELF, between 0 and 300 Hz), low frequency (VLF-LF,
between 300 Hz and 300 kHz), radiofrequency (RF, between 300 kHz and 300 MHz)
and microwave (MW, between 300 MHz and 300 GHz) radiation. At low frequency, the main effect of interaction is associated with the electrical current density
(A/m2) induced in the tissues. The induced current density is the physical quantity
118
R. Sisto
used to describe thresholds for acute effects and exposure limits. At frequencies above
100 kHz, the main interaction effect is the local heating of tissues. In this case, the
physical parameter used to describe the effect threshold is the specific absorption rate
(SAR), which is the electromagnetic power absorbed per unit mass (W/kg).
The development of the human being from conception to adulthood is continuous, but the prenatal period and the early stages of newborn development are the
ones in which important changes take place in a short time. Therefore, like other
risk agents, exposure to nonionizing radiation may be especially harmful for children, and particularly for neonates. Special attention should be given to the central
nervous system and the hematopoietic and immune system, which are still under
development, and particularly vulnerable, in neonates.
Acute Effects of Electromagnetic Fields
Acute effects are deterministic effects, with a typical induction threshold. The safety standards specify exposure limits both in terms of dosimetric quantities, such as
induced current density or SAR, and in terms of maximum permissible amplitude
of magnetic and electric fields (reference limits). The exposure limits for electric
and magnetic field amplitude given by the International Commission on NonIonizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) to prevent acute effects at 50 Hz for the
general population are, respectively:
Eth = 5000
V
, Bth = 100μT .
m
(5)
Electromagnetic Fields: Long-Term Effects
The problem of possible long-term effects due to chronic exposure to low-intensity electromagnetic fields is quite a complex one [9]. The epidemiologic and experimental research carried on in recent years does not generally support the hypothesis of long-term effects due to chronic exposure to low-intensity fields.
Nevertheless, some epidemiologic studies [10] have shown an association between
residential exposure to ELF fields and increased risk increase of childhood leukemia,
and a possible effect has been hypothesized for brain cancer. On the basis of these
studies the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), in June 2001,
decided to classify the ELF fields as possibly carcinogenic (2B group) for humans.
(IARC classification: 1, agent is carcinogenic for humans; 2A, agent is probably
carcinogenic for humans; 2B, agent is possibly carcinogenic for humans.)
Electromagnetic Fields in Incubators
Some authors [11] reported the level of exposure to extremely low electromagnetic fields in transport incubators, and compared them to those typical of hospital incu-
119
13 Physical Stress Risk Agents in Incubators
Table 2
[11])
Maximum extremely low frequency (ELF) magnetic field in incubators. (From
Max B (μT)*
Transport incubator
Standard incubator
35.7
8.8
* Magnetic field maximum amplitude
bators. Because of their smaller size, the portable units are characterized by a shorter distance between the electric components and the neonate bed. As a consequence,
the level of exposure is significantly higher in transport incubators (Table 2). These
values are quite high, compared with the exposure to domestic ELF sources, and
they are also close to the ICNIRP reference levels for population exposure to prevent acute effects (100 μT at 50 Hz). The authors showed that it is easy to reduce
the exposure significantly simply by raising the mattress by 10 cm.
References
1. International Standard ISO 1999 (1990) Acoustics – determination of occupational noise
exposure and estimation of noise-induced hearing impairment. International Organization
for Standardization, Geneva
2. Butler MP et al (1999) Non-auditory effects of noise at work: a critical review of the literature post 1988. Sudbury, HSE Books
3. Bellieni et al (2003) Use of sound-absorbing panel to reduce noisy incubator reverberating effects. Biol Neonate 84:293–296
4. Probst R, Lonsbury-Martin BL, Martin GK (1991) A review of otoacoustic emissions. J
Acoust Soc Am 89:2027–2067
5. Greenwood DD (1990) A cochlear frequency-position function for several species – 29
years later. J Acoust Soc Am 87:2592–2605
6. Moleti A, Sisto R (2003) Objective estimates of cochlear tuning by otoacoustic emission
analysis. J Acoust Soc Am 113:423–429
7. Shera CA, Guinan JJ, Oxenham AJ (2002) Revised estimates of human cochlear tuning
from otoacoustic and behavioral measurements. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 99:3318–3323
8. Abdala C (2000) Distortion product otoacoustic emission (2f1-f2) amplitude growth in
human adults and neonates. J Acoust Soc Am 107:446–456
9. Kheifets L, Repacholi M, Saunders R, van Deventer E (2005) The sensitivity of children
to electromagnetic fields. Pediatrics 116:e303–e313
10. Wertheimer N, Leeper E (1979) Electrical wiring configurations and childhood cancer.
Am J Epidemiol 109:273–284
11. Bellieni CV, Rigato M, Fortunato M et al (2003) Increasing the engine–mattress distance
in neonatal incubators: a way to decrease exposure of infants to electromagnetic fields.
Ital J Pediatr 29:74–80
PART IV
Pain: a Risk Factor for Brain Damage
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
123
Chapter 14
Neonatal Stressors
M. Delivoria-Papadopoulos and O.P. Mishra
About 2.2 billion years ago, as the oxygen level of the planet was rising, a new sort
of life form emerged, forged from a shaky alliance of what were to become the mitochondria and the remainder of the cell. The protomitochondria brought respiration
to the partnership, and with it the power to kill every new cell by production of reactive oxygen species – a mechanism of cell death that still exists throughout the
eukaryotes.
However, it was about 1.5 billion years later, as multicellular organisms
emerged, that our story properly begins. Apoptosis has now evolved as a mechanism of physiological cell death in response to environmental and developmental
signals. Apoptotic cell death is observed throughout the animal kingdom. Several
recent advances have contributed to an emerging view of how apoptosis proceeds
once initiated, to the point that we can speculate on a pathway for this remarkable process.
In the newborn, we are trying to find out the mechanisms by which the cell
dies and brain damage occurs. But the most important part for clinicians is to
understand the mechanisms of cell death not before hypoxia but after the hypoxia has occurred. Therefore, the aim of my discussion is to share with you experimental data to show how we have thought of asking and resolving some of the
pertinent questions regarding posthypoxic brain damage and ways to learn to
understand the mechanism.
Temporal Profile of Cerebral High-Energy Phosphates, Cell
Membrane Na+-K+-ATPase, and Nuclear DNA Fragmentation
Following Hypoxia
One of our main objectives was to evaluate biochemical changes over time and associated DNA fragmentation in the cerebral cortex of the newborn guinea pig following
hypoxia. The experimental protocol was approved by the institutional Animal Care
and Use Committee. We worked with pregnant guinea pigs so that we could control the timing of the birth of pups.
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
123
124
M. Delivoria-Papadopoulos and O.P. Mishra
We divided the newborn guinea pigs into the following groups: the normoxic control, and the hypoxic group, where the guinea pigs were allowed to breathe
5–7% oxygen for 1 h. Following 1 h of hypoxia, the animals were studied either
immediately or after 1 day, 3 days, or 7 days to answer the most crucial questions about delayed cell death in the brain. We measured the level of high-energy phosphates to assess the level of tissue hypoxia. We actually abandoned partial oxygen pressures because it is impossible to compare partial oxygen pressures when the hypoxic response of the animals is different in terms of adaptation. Accurate measurement of the levels of ATP and phosphocreatine in the tissues allows us to compare tissue hypoxia amongst several groups of animals and
across several studies.
We started by measuring the cell membrane function of the neurons and Na++
K -ATPase activity was one of the basic measurements we did. Our aim was to
determine the development of DNA fragmentation. The following presentation
examines first the results of our three groups of animals, particularly those at
7 days after hypoxia. After 1 h of hypoxia the ATP levels are significantly
decreased, and 7 days later, although there is a tendency for ATP to come up, the
level is still decreased and statistically different from corresponding normoxic controls.
Phosphocreatine responded in a similar way. There is a significant decrease in
phosphocreatine immediately after 1 h of hypoxia that persists throughout the
7 days. At 7 days, despite a slight increase, it is still significantly lower than in normal controls.
Na+-K+-ATPase activity decreased during hypoxia and 7 days later was still
decreased, although not statistically different for the number of animals studied.
The DNA fragmentation pattern was very clear. In the normoxic samples there
is a presence of large fragments of DNA along with an absence of small DNA fragments. In the hypoxic samples, the low-molecular-weight fragments are present at
7 days, indicating that there was significant and dramatic fragmentation of the DNA
7 days after hypoxia.
This particular study can be summarized as follows: hypoxia resulted in a
decrease in the cerebral level of high-energy phosphates, decreased cellular membrane Na+-K+-ATPase activity, and increased cerebral cortical nuclear DNA fragmentation, and 24–72 h following hypoxia the levels of high-energy phosphates and
DNA fragmentation were slightly improved, but at 7 days the level of high-energy
phosphates decreased, Na+-K+-ATPase activity was lower, and DNA fragmentation
had increased significantly. We conclude from these studies that despite an apparent initial recovery following hypoxia, perturbations in cerebral energy metabolism,
brain cell membrane function, and cerebral cortical nuclear DNA structure persist
in the newborn guinea-pig brain. We speculate that a biphasic temporal pattern of
the brain dysfunction following hypoxia may represent an initial cellular injury followed by a failure of cellular repair mechanisms, leading to further, delayed brain
injury.
14 Neonatal Stressors
125
Temporal Profile of Neuronal Nuclear Ca2+ Influx and
Expression of Proapoptotic and Antiapoptotic Proteins
Following Hypoxia
A number of events occur inside the nucleus, including signal transductions that lead
to apoptotic cell death. In the next several studies our objective was to evaluate
changes over time in Ca2+ influx and Bax and Bcl-2 protein expression in neuronal
nuclei of the newborn guinea pig following hypoxia.
Proteins of the Bcl-2 family are known to be critical regulators of programmed
cell death and are expressed in neurons of the central and peripheral nervous system [1, 2]. The Bcl-2 protein, which is antiapoptotic in nature and was discovered
in association with follicular lymphoma, regulates apoptosis and enhances cell survival in response to diverse apoptotic stimuli [3–6]. Bcl-2 family proteins have been
shown by electron microscopy to reside in the nuclear envelope, parts of the endoplasmic reticulum, cytosol, and outer mitochondrial membranes [7–9]. Conversely,
overexpression of the proapoptotic proteins such as Bax has been shown to promote
cell death by activating caspases [10–12]. The active form of Bcl-2 heterodimerizes with Bax and their relative ratio appears to determine cellular susceptibility to
apoptotic stimuli [12–15]. Bax and Bcl-2 are thought to play a role in cell death
following hypoxia and ischemia. Studies have shown that cerebral hypoxia and
ischemia alter the expression of these proteins [1, 3, 7, 14, 16, 17]. Studies have
also suggested that Bcl-2 may suppress apoptosis by regulating cytosolic and
intranuclear Ca2+ concentrations [18]. Nuclear Ca2+ signals control a number of critical nuclear functions, including transcription, DNA replication, and nuclear envelope breakdown [19–22].
The Ca2+ influx into the neuronal nuclei and the ATP-dependent Ca2+ influx will
be the most important signal for molecular dysfunction. In addition, we focused
on the apoptotic proteins, Bax and Bcl-2. The ATP and phosphocreatine decreased
in the hypoxic group. However, we focused on the neuronal nuclear Ca2+ influx.
We have shown before that during hypoxia Ca2+ influx into the nucleus increases
and the mechanisms are in place that facilitate that influx within the nucleus.
One day after hypoxia, there is a further increase in Ca2+ influx. Three days later
it is still high, but 7 days later it is very impressive to note that the Ca2+ influx is
at its maximum. The proapoptotic protein Bax increased after 24 h following
hypoxia. At 72 h it was further increased, and 7 days later it was increased by 66%
compared to controls. In contrast, Bcl-2, which is an antiapoptotic protein that
maintains a cell life, did not change throughout normoxic states and hypoxic states
longitudinally.
In summary, these studies showed that the neuronal nuclear Ca2+ influx increases in the postnatal period up to 7 days of age; that hypoxia results in an increased
Ca2+ influx that remains elevated; and that the nuclear Bax protein expression
increases immediately after hypoxia and remains elevated for 7 days while Bcl-2
protein expression remains unchanged.
126
M. Delivoria-Papadopoulos and O.P. Mishra
We concluded that alterations in neuronal nuclear Ca2+ influx after hypoxia
and Bax protein expression persist in the newborn guinea-pig brain. We speculate that alterations in the nuclear Ca2+ influx and the increased ratio of Bax to
Bcl-2 proteins during the posthypoxic period promote delayed programmed neuronal death.
Effect of Allopurinol Administration on the Expression of
Apoptotic Proteins and the Activation of Caspases
We can never deduce a concept unless we can eliminate, block, or intercept early
steps. To achieve that, we utilized allopurinol, a xanthine-oxidase inhibitor. Studies
have shown the therapeutic interventions of allopurinol, magnesium, and other substances that inhibit various steps of the apoptotic pathway. We used this inhibitor
to prove our point, because if allopurinol inhibits the cascade of events, that would
confirm the sequence of cell death mechanism that we have proposed.
We administered allopurinol to newborn guinea pigs to examine the effect of
allopurinol administration after hypoxic changes in Bax and Bcl-2 and determined
caspase-3 protein expression in the newborn.
Caspases are essential enzymes used for the normal development of the central
nervous system. Caspases are cysteine proteases which contain a cysteine residue
within their active site and cleave the peptide bond C-terminal to an aspartic acid
of the substrate [23–26]. Like many other proteins, caspases are produced as procaspases (the inactive zymogen form) which are then converted to active enzymes
following a proteolytic cleavage. Structurally, all procaspases contain a highly
homologous protease domain, the signature motif of this family of proteases. The
protease domain is divided into two subunits, a large subunit of approximately
20 kDa (p20) and a small subunit of approximately 10 kDa (p10). In addition, there
is often a small linker region (about 10 amino acids long) between the two subunits.
In addition to the large and small subunits, each procaspase contains a prodomain
or NH2-terminal peptide of variable length. It is this prodomain which contains the
caspase recruitment domain (CARD). A charge–charge interaction controls the
CARD–CARD interaction. Studies have shown that active caspases such as caspase1 and caspase-3 contain the large and small subunits which are released from their
respective procaspases through proteolytic cleavage, and both subunits are required
for caspase activity [27, 28]. Studies have also shown that an active caspase is a
tetramer (homodimer of the p20 and p10 heterodimers arranged in two-fold rotational symmetry), with the two adjacent small subunits surrounded by two large subunits [29]. These two heterodimers associate with each other through the interaction between the p10 subunits.
Caspase tetramers have two cavity-shaped active sites which function independently. In the active site, a cysteine (Cys-285 in the p20) is positioned close to the
14 Neonatal Stressors
127
imidazole of histidine (His-237, p20), which attracts the proton from the cysteine
and enhances its nucleophilic property. Caspase-9 is synthesized as a 46 kDa precursor protein. Like other caspases, it consists of three domains: an N-terminal
prodomain, a large subunit (20 kDa/p20) and a small subunit (10 kDa/p10).
Caspase-9 shares 31% sequence identity with the Caenorhabditis elegans cell death
protein Ced-3 and 29% sequence identity with caspase-3. It contains an active site
QACGG instead of QACRG pentapeptide which is conserved in other caspase
members.
Caspases are a group of cysteine proteases that are essential for initiating and
executing programmed cell death [30–35]. The activity of cysteine proteases is
detected in cells undergoing programmed cell death, irrespective of their origin or
the death stimuli. Studies conducted in C. elegans have demonstrated that an aspartate-specific cysteine protease is essential for programmed cell death of all somatic cells during development [36–38]. Mice lacking caspase-3 or caspase-9 have
increased numbers of neurons in the brain and their lymphocytes are resistant to
apoptotic stimuli [39–42]. Furthermore, the expression of baculovirus protein, a
potent inhibitor of all known caspases, prevented developmental programmed cell
death in C. elegans and in a number of cell lines [43–47]. Thus, it has been well
established that caspases are critical regulators of cell death initiation as well as executioners of programmed cell death.
Once again in our experimental studies we used high-energy phosphates to
assess hypoxia. We determined expression of Bax, Bcl-2, and the activity of caspase. We documented again the level of hypoxia by ATP and phosphocreatine and
the activity of caspase-3, the executioner caspase. The activity of caspase-3
increased significantly during hypoxia and remained high during the posthypoxic period.
Bax is hardly visible in normoxia; it increases in hypoxia and 24 h after hypoxia
as shown before. However, following administration of allopurinol after hypoxia,
Bax is lower than the posthypoxic level, and definitely lower after 24 hours.
Bcl-2 did not change. The active caspase-3 did not change after an increase following hypoxia and remained the same throughout. Bax increased during the 24 h
posthypoxia and it is decreased in the allopurinol-treated hypoxic group.
To sum up, the findings of these studies were:
• That nuclear Bax protein expression increased immediately following hypoxia
and remained elevated 24 h after hypoxia.
• That allopurinol attenuated the increase in the nuclear Bax protein expression that
was observed immediately after hypoxia and at 24 h after hypoxia.
• That the Bcl-2 protein remained unchanged, and caspase-3 expression remained
unchanged after it was increased after hypoxia.
• That allopurinol did not affect the increase in caspase-3 expression.
The speculation was that allopurinol pretreatment prevents alterations of the Bax
to Bcl-2 protein ratio following hypoxia and may attenuate delayed neuronal death
by a mechanism independent of caspase-3.
128
M. Delivoria-Papadopoulos and O.P. Mishra
Effect of Allopurinol Administration on Neuronal Nuclear
Ca2+/Calmodulin-Dependent Protein Kinase IV and Nuclear
DNA Fragmentation
We examined neuronal nuclear protein kinase IV, which is a Ca2+/calmodulindependent (CaM kinase IV) enzyme. This is a key enzyme in the transcription of
apoptotic proteins. We determined whether pretreatment with allopurinol would
attenuate posthypoxic alteration in the neuronal Ca2+ and CaM kinase IV activity.
After hypoxia, the nuclear enzyme CaM kinase IV increased significantly. Twentyfour hours later it appeared low, but hypoxia plus allopurinol showed a significant
difference.
Posthypoxic treatment with a low dose of allopurinol (20 mg/kg body weight)
did not show an effect. Posthypoxic treatment with a high dose of allopurinol
(100 mg/kg body weight) significantly decreased Bax without affecting Bcl-2.
24 h later there is a smear, 24 h of hypoxia and allopurinol show that there is
still presence of fragments, but 72 h later there are fewer fragments of DNA even
after post-allopurinol treatment. This was shown at the 7th day, when the fragments are much less and the last two panels, which are 7 days after hypoxia
post-allopurinol treatment, look almost like the first two samples, which are normoxic. The DNA fragmentation shows very clearly; the squares are the hypoxic and with allopurinol treatment in which fragmentation decreases while in
hypoxia it goes up.
In summary: in the cerebral cortex of newborn guinea pigs, nuclear Bax protein
expression increases immediately after hypoxia and remains elevated at 24 h. A further increase is observed at 7 days. Allopurinol treatment following hypoxia prevented the increase in nuclear Bax protein expression observed at 7 days after hypoxia. Bcl-2 protein expression does not change. DNA fragmentation was observed following hypoxia and was decreased at 72 h, but increased fragmentation was again
observed at 7 days after hypoxia. Allopurinol treatment following hypoxia attenuated the increase in DNA fragmentation observed at 7 days after hypoxia.
We speculate that treatment with allopurinol following hypoxia prevents alteration in the Bax to Bcl-2 ratio and may attenuate delayed posthypoxic neuronal
apoptosis. The proposed sequence of events is this: with the influx of Ca2+ inside
the cell, there is transformation within the intracellular space of xanthine-dehydrogenase to xanthine-oxidase, which is obliterated or inhibited by allopurinol.
Thus, free radicals that otherwise would promote lipid peroxidation of nuclear
membranes, enhance intranuclear Ca2+ flux and activate CaM kinase IV, which
would phosphorylate the cyclic AMP response element binding protein molecule,
which subsequently transcribes Bax and Bcl-2 genes.
In ending, I would like to point out that this is the tip of the iceberg and that a
lot of work is still needed in order to see the exact sequence of the apoptotic pathway before we can dream and think of being able to inhibit it therapeutically. These
inhibitions only prove the scientific value of the sequence of apoptotic pathways.
14 Neonatal Stressors
129
References
1. Chen J, Graham SH, Nakayama M et al (1997) Apoptosis repressor genes Bcl-2 and Bclx-long are expressed in the rat brain following global ischemia. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab
17:2–10
2. Merry DE, Veis EDJ, Hickey WF, Korsmeyer SJ (1994) Bcl-2 protein expression is widespread in the developing nervous system and retained in the adult PNS. Development
120:301–311
3. Chen J, Graham SH, Chan PH et al (1995) Bcl-2 is expressed in neurons that survive
focal ischemia in rat. Neuroreport 6:394–398
4. Jacobson MD, Raff MC (1995) Programmed cell death and Bcl-2 protection in very low
oxygen. Nature 374:814–816
5. Martinou JC, Dubois-Dauphin M, Staple JR et al (1994) Overexpression of Bcl-2 in transgenic mice protects neurons from naturally occurring cell death and experimental
ischemia. Neuron 13:1017–1030
6. Zhong LT, Sarafian T, Kane DJ et al (1993) Bcl-2 inhibits death of central neural cells
induced by multiple agents. Proc Natl Acad Sci 90:4533–4537
7. Hara A, Iwai T, Niwa M et al (1996) Immunohistochemical detection of Bax and Bcl-2
proteins in gerbil hippocampus following transient forebrain ischemia. Brain Res
711:249–253
8. Reed JC (1994) Bcl-2 and the regulation of programmed cell death. J Cell Biol 124:1–6
9. Rosenbaum DM, Michaelson M, Batter DK et al (1994) Evidence for hypoxia-induced,
programmed cell death of culture neurons. Ann Neurol 36:864–870
10. Chinnaiyan AM, O’Rourke K, Lane BR, Dixit VM (1997) Interaction of CED-4 with
CED-3 and CED-9: a molecular framework for cell death. Science 275:1122–1126
11. Golstein P (1997) Controlling cell death. Science 275:1081–1082
12. Krajewski S, Mal JK, Krajewska M et al (1995) Upregulation of Bax protein levels in
neurons following cerebral ischemia. J Neurosci 15:6364–6376
13. Gillardon F, Wickert H, Zimmerman M (1995) Up-regulation of Bax and down-regulation of Bcl-2 is associated with kainite-induced apoptosis in mouse brain. Neurosci Lett
192:85–88
14. Gillardon F, Lenz C, Waschke KF et al (1996) Altered expression of Bcl-2, Bcl-X, Bax,
and c-Fos colocalizes with DNA fragmentation and ischemic cell damage following middle cerebral artery occlusion in rats. Mol Brain Res 40:254–260
15. Oltvai ZN, Milliman CL, Korsmeyer SJ (1993) Bcl-2 heterodimerizes in vivo with a conserved homolog, Bax, that accelerates programmed cell death. Cell 74:609–619
16. Bossenmeyer C, Chihab R, Muller S et al (1997) Differential expression of specific proteins associated with apoptosis (Bax) or cell survival (Bcl-2, HSP70, HSP105) after short
and long-term hypoxia in cultured central neurons. Pediatr Res 41:41A
17. Ravishankar S, Ashraf QM, Fritz K et al (2001) Expression of Bax and Bcl-2 proteins
during hypoxia in cerebral cortical neuronal nuclei of newborn piglets: effect of administration of magnesium sulfate. Brain Res 901:23–29
18. Marin MC, Fernandez A, Bick RJ et al (1996) Apoptosis suppression by Bcl-2 is correlated with regulation of nuclear and cytosolic Ca2+. Oncogene 12:2259–2266
19. Al-Mohanna FA, Caddy KWT, Boisover SR (1994) The nucleus is isolated from large
cytosolic calcium ion changes. Nature 367:745–750
20. Santella L, Carafoli E (1997) Calcium signaling in cell nucleus. FASEB J 11:1091–1109
21. Steinhardt RA, Alderton J (1988) Intracellular free calcium rise triggers nuclear envelope breakdown in the sea urchin embryo. Nature 332:364–366
22. Tombes RM, Simerly C, Borisy GG, Schatten G (1992) Meiosis, egg activation, and
nuclear envelope breakdown are differentially reliant on Ca2+, whereas germinal vesicle
breakdown is Ca2+ independent in the mouse oocyte. J Cell Biol 117:799–811
23. Mishra OP, Delivoria-Papadopoulos M (2002) Nitric oxide-mediated Ca++-influx in neuronal nuclei and cortical synaptosomes of normoxic and hypoxic newborn piglets.
Neurosci Lett 318:93–97
130
M. Delivoria-Papadopoulos and O.P. Mishra
24. Alnemri ES, Livingston DJ, Nicholson DW et al (1996) Human ICE/CED-3 protease
nomemclature. Cell 87:171
25. Donepudi M, Grutter MG (2002) Structure and zymogen activation of caspases. Biophys
Chem 101–102:145–154
26. Salvesen GS (2002) Caspases: opening the boxes and interpreting the arrows. Cell Death
Differ 9:3–5
27. Nicholson DW, Ali A, Thornberry NA et al (1995) Identification and inhibition of the
ICE/CED-3 protease necessary for mammalian apoptosis. Nature 376:37–43
28. Thornberry NA, Bull HG, Calaycay JR et al (1992) A novel heterodimeric cysteine protease is required for interleukin-1 beta processing in monocytes. Nature 356:768–774
29. Rotonda J, Nicholson DW, Fazil KM et al (1996) The three-dimensional structure of
apopain/CPP32, a key mediator of apoptosis. Nat Struct Biol 3:619–625
30. Thornberry NA, Lazebnik Y (1998) Caspases: enemies within. Science 281:1312–1316
31. Kumar S, Lavin MF (1996) The ICE family of cysteine proteases as effectors of cell death.
Cell Death Differ 3:255–267
32. Nicholson DW, Thornberry NA (1997) Caspases: killer proteases. Trends Biochem Sci
22:299–306
33. Grutter MG (2000) Caspases: key players in programmed cell death. Curr Opin Struct
Biol 10:649–655
34. Cohen GM (1997) Caspases: the executioners of apoptosis. Biochem J 326:1–16
35. Strasser A, O’Connor L, Dixit VM (2000) Apoptosis signaling. Annu Rev Biochem
69:217–245
36. Ellis RE, Yuan J, Horvitz HR (1991) Mechanisms and functions of cell death. Annu Rev
Cell Biol 7:663–698
37. Xue D, Shaham S, Horvitz HR (1996) The Caenorhabditis elegans cell-death protein
CED-3 is a cysteine protease with substrate specificities similar to those of the human
CPP32 protease. Genes Dev 10:1073–1083
38. Yuan J, Shaham S, Ledoux S et al (1993) The C. elegans cell death gene ced-3 encodes
a protein similar to mammalian interleukin-1 beta-converting enzyme. Cell 75:641–652
39. Kuida K, Zheng TS, Na S et al (1996) Decreased apoptosis in the brain and premature
lethality in CPP32-deficient mice. Nature 384:368–372
40. Woo M, Hakem R, Soengas MS et al (1998) Essential contribution of caspase-3/CPP32
to apoptosis and its associated nuclear changes. Genes Dev 12:806–819
41. Hakem R, Hakem A, Duncan GS, (1998) Differential requirement for caspase-9 in apoptotic pathways in vivo. Cell 94:339–352
42. Kuida K, Haydar TF, Kuan C-Y et al (1998) Reduced apoptosis and cytochrome c-mediated caspase activation in mice lacking caspase-9. Cell 94:325–337
43. Bump NJ, Hackett M, Hugunin M et al (1995) Inhibition of ICE family proteases by baculovirus antiapoptotic protein. Science 269:1885–1888
44. Sugimoto A, Friesen PD, Rothman JH (1994) Baculovirus p35 prevents developmentally programmed cell death and rescues a ced-9 mutant in the nematode Caenorhabditis
elegans. EMBO J 13:2023–2028
45. Hay BA, Wolff T, Rubin GM (1994) Expression of baculovirus P35 prevents cell death
in Drosophila. Development 120:2121–2129
46. Beidler DR, Tewari M, Friesen PD et al (1995) The baculovirus p35 protein inhibits Fasand tumor necrosis factor-induced apoptosis. J Biol Chem 270:16426–16528
47. Datta R, Kojima H, Banach D et al (1997) Activation of a CrmA-insensitive, p35-sensitive pathway in ionizing radiation-induced apoptosis. J Biol Chem 272:1965–196
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
131
Chapter 15
New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
C.J. Woodbury
Introduction
The skin, the largest sensory epithelium of the body, plays a pivotal role in the homeostasis of organisms and is densely innervated by a wide variety of sensory neurons that have evolved to safeguard its integrity. Nowhere is this more important
than in newborns, whose immune systems are not yet fully mature and for whom
skin damage can therefore have serious immediate and long-term impacts on the
viability of the organism as well as overall function of the skin sensory system.
Attesting to this early vulnerability, newborn mammals of all species, including man,
display a pronounced hypersensitivity to tactile stimuli over a protracted post-natal
period (reviewed in [1]). Throughout this period of cutaneous hypersensitivity, protective withdrawal reflexes exhibit inordinately low activation thresholds and thus
can be triggered by relatively innocuous stimuli. Rather than representing a paradoxical, maladaptive behavioural response, this hypersensitivity is undoubtedly
highly adaptive in view of the pivotal importance yet extreme vulnerability of the
integument and its associated protective/immune functions during early ontogeny.
The mechanisms underlying this early hypersensitivity are poorly understood. It
has long been held that such hypersensitivity was triggered by activation of tactile
afferents, due to the low activation thresholds of withdrawal reflexes and the widespread belief that the pain system was not yet functional due to delayed development of nociceptors [1]. Indeed, tactile afferents have been thought to invade nociceptive-specific regions of the central nervous system early on and commandeer
nociceptive circuitry, in effect serving in the capacity of nociceptors during early
post-natal timepoints while nociceptors were still immature. However, recent findings contradict this widespread belief, providing new insight into the identity of the
sensory neurons that underlie neonatal hypersensitivity.
Skin Sensory Neuron Diversity
Skin sensory neurons, whose cell bodies lie in the trigeminal and dorsal root ganglia (DRGs), represent the skin’s first line of defence against potentially harmful
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
131
132
C.J. Woodbury
environmental insults. These primary afferents constitute an exceedingly diverse
constellation of functional phenotypes, the majority of which are tuned to respond
selectively to discrete intensities of mechanical, thermal, or chemical stimuli ranging from innocuous to noxious, and relay this information to central circuitry [2].
This functional diversity is paralleled by a similarly striking diversity in anatomical, physiological, and molecular phenotypic properties of skin sensory neurons. A
major challenge in sensory biology is to understand the relationships between these
properties, and how and when this diversity comes about during development.
From adult studies, while many diverse properties have been shown to be correlated to varying degrees with the discrete functional attributes of sensory neurons,
the sheer complexity of these multifaceted interrelationships has strained the utility of broad generalizations. For example, the peripheral axons of cutaneous afferents range in size from large-diameter, thickly myelinated (Aβ) fibres to small, thinly myelinated (Aδ) and unmyelinated (C) fibres. Large fibres have historically been
equated with low-threshold mechanoreceptors (LTMRs, or tactile afferents), whereas Aδ and C fibres have historically been equated with nociceptive afferents [2].
This classical account represents an oversimplification, however, as many nociceptors conduct in the Aβ range, while the most exquisitely sensitive tactile afferents
often conduct in the Aδ and C ranges. As will become evident below, failure to recognize these important exceptions has helped promulgate a number of major misconceptions surrounding the development and plasticity of the pain system.
Another area where generalizations may be of limited usefulness is in studies of the
biophysical properties of sensory neurons. Intracellular recordings have revealed a diversity of somal action potential shapes among sensory neurons, from broad (i.e. longduration) spikes with a characteristic hump or inflection on the falling limb of the spike,
to narrow (i.e. short-duration) spikes lacking this inflection. Historically, these quantitative and qualitative attributes of spike shape have been widely viewed as strong predictors of afferent functional identity, with narrow uninflected spikes associated with
tactile afferents (LTMRs) and broad inflected spikes associated with nociceptive afferents [3]. Recent work from our laboratory that has examined nociceptor properties at
normal physiological temperatures, however, has raised caution concerning attempts
to infer afferent identity solely on the basis of biophysical properties [4].
A strong functional correlate is evident in the morphology and laminar termination patterns of sensory neurons where information is relayed by these afferents to
central circuits in the spinal dorsal horn. While there are again exceptions, in general the central arborizations of different functional subclasses of skin sensory neurons are highly stereotypical and correlated with afferent modality [5]. In particular, nociceptive afferents have been found to terminate predominantly in superficial
dorsal horn laminae I and II, whereas tactile afferents exhibit non-overlapping terminations that remain deep to nociceptive afferents in laminae III-V.
How and when these highly stereotypical laminar termination patterns of skin sensory neurons come about during development is unclear. Neuroanatomical tract-tracing studies, which depend upon bulk application of tracers to label large populations
of unidentified sensory neurons, suggest that large-diameter afferents are the first to
15 New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
133
penetrate into the spinal grey matter of embryos, followed a few days later by smalldiameter afferents [6]. It has also been suggested on the basis of such studies that
these early-arriving, large-diameter afferents bypass their normal appropriate targets
to invade superficial “pain-specific” or nocireceptive laminae during early life [7].
These fibres have been widely assumed to be LTMRs on the basis of axonal diameter and central morphology. This invasion and occupation of pain-specific regions
by LTMRs has been thought to extend over a protracted period that in rodents encompasses the first 3 weeks of post-natal life [1, 7]. The adult bulk-labelling pattern is
not seen until the 3rd week of life, when these exuberant central arbours retract from
superficial pain-specific regions (but see [8]). This has led to a widespread perception that tactile afferents are extremely plastic entities, capable of invading and activating pain circuits directly at different times throughout ontogeny.
During pre- and post-natal development, this invasion of pain circuits by tactile
afferents is therefore thought to underlie the hypersensitivity to tactile stimuli seen
among neonates. Interestingly, the low activation thresholds of cutaneous withdrawal reflexes extend to about the 3rd week of life, mirroring the time course of these
exuberant central projections from tactile afferents. This plasticity of tactile afferents
is thought to continue throughout life, with exuberant growth into superficial pain centres again occurring in adults following nerve injury and/or peripheral inflammation
[9, 10]. The activation of pain circuits by LTMRs is thought to underlie various chronic pain syndromes, most notably tactile hypersensitivity and touch-evoked pain
(mechanical allodynia), that are common sequelae of nerve injury and inflammation.
Studies of Individual, Physiologically Identified Afferents
An important consideration is that all of these previous conclusions have been based
upon morphological studies of unidentified afferents, i.e. the identity or identities
of the sensory neurons upon which these hypotheses are based is unknown. To gain
a better understanding of the anatomical and physiological development of skin sensory neurons in early neonatal life, we developed an ex-vivo somatosensory system
preparation wherein the activity of individual sensory neurons could be recorded
and functionally identified using natural stimulation of intact terminals in the skin
prior to intracellular labelling of the same afferents for anatomical analyses of central termination patterns [11, 12]. In this novel preparation from mice, the spinal
cord, DRGs, and cutaneous nerves are isolated in continuity with their innervation
territories in the skin. The somata of individual skin sensory neurons are then
impaled in the DRG with micropipettes containing Neurobiotin. Somal action
potentials are recorded for analysis of biophysical properties. The latency of action
potentials to electrical nerve stimulation provides information on conduction velocity and fibre size. A variety of natural stimuli (e.g. mechanical, thermal, and chemical) are applied to the neuron’s terminals in the skin to characterize the neuron’s
peripheral response properties and overall functional identity. Following character-
134
C.J. Woodbury
ization, Neurobiotin is then introduced iontophoretically into the cell and allowed
to diffuse throughout the cytoplasm. The tissue is then fixed, sectioned, and
processed using standard ABC/DAB techniques, enabling visualization of the entire
neuron, including cell body, arborizations in the spinal cord, and frequently peripheral endings in the skin. In addition to anatomical and physiological phenotype, the
molecular phenotype of the cell can also be examined using fluorescence immunocytochemical techniques to determine whether physiological properties (e.g. heat
sensitivity) are correlated with molecular expression patterns [13, 14]. This preparation therefore provides unprecedented power to address issues surrounding afferent identity and plasticity stemming from a variety of manipulations in neonates as
well as adults.
Neonatal Tactile Afferents
In studies of newborn mice, the results obtained with this preparation have been
strikingly consistent. Low-threshold mechanoreceptors (i.e. tactile afferents) exhibit adult-like central projection patterns in neonates as early as 1 day after birth (the
earliest timepoint examined); that is, they do not invade superficial pain-specific laminae during early post-natal life [11]. This result was found for multiple distinct
classes of LTMRs, ranging from those that will develop thickly (Aβ) to those that
will develop thinly myelinated axons (Aδ), and those that exhibit distinctly different responses to mechanical stimuli (i.e. phasic or tonic). In all cases, the central
arbours of tactile afferents remained deep to the superficial dorsal horn, separated
from the outermost marginal layer (lamina I) by a distinct gap; this gap was found
to be occupied by the central terminals of unmyelinated (C) nociceptive afferents.
Along with adult-like laminar termination patterns, LTMRs in neonates exhibit adultlike physiological properties as well, including narrow, uninflected somal spikes as
in adults, and remarkably adult-like response properties to a variety of natural skin
stimuli. These findings of appropriate, adult central projections in neonatal animals
therefore contradict the widespread belief that neonatal hypersensitivity is the result
of inappropriate central terminations of LTMRs.
If LTMRs are physically incapable of activating superficial pain circuits directly, what populations of sensory neurons might be responsible for the hypersensitivity of protective nociceptive withdrawal responses in neonates? Another important point to note is that myelinated nociceptors have been ignored in all previous
studies. These fibres bind the same cholera toxin labels that have been used previously to argue for a “transient invasion” of myelinated fibre inputs into superficial
pain-specific regions of the dorsal horn, yet the contribution of myelinated nociceptors to bulk-labelling patterns has been overlooked in previous studies. Here
again, the use of this semi-intact ex-vivo preparation to study the early post-natal
development of individual myelinated nociceptors has provided a number of important insights into neonatal pain [15].
15 New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
135
Neonatal Myelinated Nociceptors
With this detailed approach, we found two basic types of myelinated nociceptors
in neonates as exemplified in Fig. 1. One class, with the most slowly conducting
axons (i.e. future Aδ fibres), exhibited the classical central morphology associated
with myelinated nociceptors, with terminations primarily restricted to the most
superficial layer (marginal layer, or lamina I) of the dorsal horn. In addition to lamina I terminations, however, these afferents also projected into the substantia gelatinosa (lamina II; Fig. 1a), the region widely perceived to contain only unmyelinated C-nociceptor terminations. The other basic morphology (Fig. 1b) was seen
among a different subclass of myelinated nociceptors with relatively fast conducting axons, a population that has been largely ignored to date. Many of these exhibited conduction velocities that were as fast as future Aβ LTMRs. In neonates, this
population of future Aβ nociceptors gave rise to dorsally recurving arbours that were
similar in many respects to the classical “flame-shaped” arbours described for
LTMRs that innervate hair follicles. Similar to the latter, the central arbours from
this population of nociceptors arborized throughout deeper dorsal horn laminae
(III–V). However, in contrast to LTMRs, the distinctive arbours of these nociceptors did not stop abruptly at the ventral limit of the substantia gelatinosa, but
instead continued uninterrupted into more superficial pain-specific regions, with
extensive projections throughout superficial pain-specific laminae (I and II).
Interestingly, this distinctive morphology has been found to persist throughout
adult life in both in vitro [15] and in vivo studies (unpublished observations).
Therefore, rather than a transient developmental phenotype, this population would
be expected to contribute to cutaneous sensation throughout life.
As with other nociceptors, these afferents responded tonically throughout the duration of maintained stimuli, and their response became increasingly vigorous to higher forces in a manner capable of encoding the intensity of stimuli [15]. Interestingly,
many of these afferents exhibited surprisingly low activation thresholds to mechanical stimuli, and tonic discharges were seen to innocuous stimuli. While these earlier studies were restricted to mechanical characterization, more recent studies of these
afferents in neonates have found that many are also sensitive to noxious heat as exemplified in Fig. 1c. Indeed, these afferents responded to heat in a manner indistinguishable, in terms of threshold and evoked discharge, from heat responses seen
across the same population in adults. Thus, similar to findings with tactile afferents,
these studies reveal that myelinated nociceptors are also adult-like in all major
respects in early life. Furthermore, in view of their relatively low mechanical activation thresholds and projections to superficial pain-specific laminae in the dorsal
horn, this neglected and poorly understood population probably represents the afferent limb underlying hypersensitivity seen among neonates.
The existence of this novel central morphology in normal adults is particularly
noteworthy. That these inputs to the substantia gelatinosa are not revealed with bulklabelling techniques indicates that the latter are not sufficiently sensitive for these
purposes. Nevertheless, these dorsally recurving flame-shaped myelinated nociceptor
136
C.J. Woodbury
Fig. 1 a-c Examples of central arborizations from two different types of myelinated nociceptors innervating hairy skin in neonatal mice. a Slowly conducting (future Aδ) lamina-I/IIspecific myelinated nociceptor from a P2 neonate. b Fast-conducting (future Aβ) lamina I/V
myelinated nociceptor. Large, widely spaced dotted lines delineate the grey/white border of
the dorsal horn; small, narrowly spaced dotted lines delineate the ventral border of the substantia gelatinosa (i.e. lamina II). c Example of response to noxious heating of the receptive
field of a myelinated nociceptor from a P2 neonate. Note that the activation threshold was
53 °C, essentially identical to the average heat threshold (52 °C) for myelinated nociceptors
in adults. Responses to mechanical stimuli of this afferent are not shown; for examples, see
[11]. Scale bar (photomicrographs) = 100 μm
arbours are indistinguishable from those of the unidentified fibres interpreted as
“sprouted LTMRs” in earlier nerve injury studies [9, 10]. As with hypotheses that
invasion of tactile afferents into pain-specific regions of the dorsal horn could explain
hypersensitivity in newborns, the latter studies in adults suggested that the same
regions were invaded by these afferents again after injury, thereby explaining similar touch-evoked pain states. We now know this to be incorrect.
Inflammation in Newborns
While our recent findings from identified afferents have failed to support the major
tactile afferent plasticity invoked in these earlier scenarios, the possibility that such
plasticity may be present in nociceptive afferents remains a distinct possibility in
view of recent work involving damage and/or inflammation of the skin in newborns
[16]. We are currently examining this important issue in a mouse model of neonatal inflammation, and our results to date suggest that certain nociceptors are indeed
15 New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
137
highly plastic and may be particularly vulnerable to early tissue damage as exemplified in Fig. 2. Inflammation at birth resulted in greatly expanded receptive fields
among classical (i.e. lamina-I/II-specific) myelinated nociceptors; in some, innervation territories expanded to cover the entire innervation territory of the dorsal cutaneous nerve. By contrast, the receptive fields of these afferents in naïve animals are
universally small and spot-like (Fig. 2a). Similar plasticity was also seen in the central terminals of these afferents as well, where arbours became highly disorganized
and expanded into novel territories (Fig. 2b). Our findings so far have been restrict-
Fig. 2 a, b Changes in myelinated nociceptors following neonatal inflammation. a Schematic
diagrams of neonatal mice (6 days after birth) showing approximate receptive field size of myelinated nociceptors in naïve, untreated animals (small dot, top) compared to animals that had experienced adjuvant-induced inflammation at birth (large oval, bottom). b Example of altered central projections from a myelinated nociceptor (5 days after birth) that had been exposed to adjuvant-induced inflammation at birth (compare to normal nociceptor arbours in Fig. 1); medial
is to the left. Note the substantial disorganization and expansion of central arbours into somatotopically inappropriate regions of the dorsal horn; all normal afferents from dorsal cutaneous
nerve nerves terminate in the lateral third of the dorsal horn. Scale bar = 100 μm
138
C.J. Woodbury
ed to the 1st week of life; whether these disruptive effects of neonatal tissue damage lead to permanent changes in the organization of the pain system is of considerable clinical importance and is currently being examined in long-term studies using
this model.
Conclusions
These recent studies of the physiology and anatomy of identified skin sensory neurons have revealed that the skin sensory system is adult-like at birth. Tactile afferents in neonates are essentially miniaturized versions of their adult counterparts, and
are not in a position to activate pain circuitry as previously believed. By contrast,
myelinated nociceptors are also well developed early on, displaying thresholds to
mechanical and noxious heat stimuli that are essentially indistinguishable from their
adult counterparts. Unlike tactile afferents, however, these nociceptive afferents project extensively throughout superficial pain-specific laminae and can thus account
for bulk-labelling patterns that were previously attributed to tactile afferents. The
relatively low mechanical thresholds of certain subclasses of myelinated nociceptors can explain the marked hypersensitivity seen among neonates. However, as their
mechanical thresholds are essentially identical to those seen in adults, the loss of
neonatal hypersensitivity is likely to be due to alterations in central processing, and
a potentially fruitful avenue for future research will be the examination of the development of central inhibition. Our recent studies also suggest that the nociceptive
system may be particularly vulnerable to early inflammation and/or physical trauma. An important goal of future research will be to assess the long-term impact of
this phenomenon and the molecular identity of the factors involved.
References
1. Fitzgerald M, Jennings E (1999) The postnatal development of spinal sensory processing. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96:7719–7722
2. Willis WD, Coggeshall RE (2004) Sensory mechanisms of the spinal cord. Plenum, New
York
3. Koerber HR, Mendell LM (1992) Functional heterogeneity of dorsal root ganglion cells.
In: Scott SA (ed) Sensory neurons. Oxford University Press, New York, pp 77–96
4. Boada MD, Woodbury CJ (2007) Physiological properties of mouse skin sensory neurons recorded intracellularly in vivo: temperature effects on somal membrane properties.
J Neurophysiol 98:668-680
5. Fyffe REW (1992) Laminar organization of primary afferent terminations in the mammalian spinal cord. In: Scott SA (ed) Sensory neurons. Oxford University Press, New
York, pp 131–139
6. Smith CL (1983) The development and postnatal organization of primary afferent projections to the rat thoracic spinal cord. J Comp Neurol 220:29–43
7. Fitzgerald M, Butcher T, Shortland P (1994) Developmental changes in the laminar ter-
15 New Insights into Neonatal Hypersensitivity
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
139
mination of A fiber cutaneous sensory afferents in the rat spinal cord dorsal horn. J Comp
Neurol 348:225–233
Woodbury CJ, Ritter AM, Koerber HR (2000) On the problem of lamination in the superficial dorsal horn of mammals: a re-appraisal of the substantia gelatinosa in postnatal life.
J Comp Neurol 417:88–102
Woolf CJ, Shortland P, Coggeshall RE (1992) Peripheral nerve injury triggers central
sprouting of myelinated afferents. Nature 355:71–77
Koerber HR, Mirnics K, Brown PB, Mendell LM (1994) Central sprouting and functional
plasticity of regenerated primary afferents. J Neurosci 14:3655–3671
Woodbury CJ, Ritter AM, Koerber HR (2001) Central anatomy of individual rapidly
adapting low-threshold mechanoreceptors innervating the “hairy” skin of newborn mice:
early maturation of hair follicle afferents. J Comp Neurol 436:304–323
Koerber HR, Woodbury CJ (2002) Comprehensive phenotyping of skin sensory neurons
using a novel ex vivo somatosensory system preparation. Physiol Behav 77:589–594
Woodbury CJ, Zwick M, Wang S et al (2004) Nociceptors lacking TRPV1 and TRPV2
have normal heat responses. J Neurosci 24:6410–6415
Albers KM, Woodbury CJ, Ritter AM et al (2006) Glial cell line-derived neurotrophic
factor expression in skin alters the mechanical sensitivity of cutaneous nociceptors. J
Neurosci 26:2981–2990
Woodbury CJ, Koerber HR (2003) Widespread projections from myelinated nociceptors
throughout the substantia gelatinosa provide novel insights into neonatal hypersensitivity. J Neurosci 23:601–610
Ruda MA, Ling QD, Hohmann AG et al (2000) Altered nociceptive neuronal circuits after
neonatal peripheral inflammation. Science 289:628–631
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
141
Chapter 16
From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs
for Neonatal Pain
K.J.S. Anand
Large numbers of low-birthweight (LBW) and preterm neonates are born in developed
and underdeveloped countries each year [1], and many of them are extremely premature (<1500 g). For their normal, routine care it may be necessary for these infants to
undergo repeated or prolonged exposure to stress, pain, and maternal separation in the
Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU). At this stage, the brain’s architecture and vasculature are very immature, and these neonates can only survive because of improved
obstetric and neonatal care [1]. Despite an increasing survival rate, preterm infants
develop a high prevalence of cognitive deficits, learning difficulties, and abnormal
behaviors during their early childhood and primary school years. Multiple follow-up
studies of ex-preterm neonates have reported neurodevelopmental deficits [2–4], with
needs for special assistance [5] and increasing burdens for health care and society [6].
We performed a meta-analysis on the cognitive and behavioral outcomes of expreterm children (cases) at school age compared to term-born children (controls),
which showed that the mean IQ score of ex-preterm children is 11 points lower than
that of children born from term pregnancies. The lower their gestational age and
birthweight, the greater was the difference in mean IQ scores between the cases and
controls [7]. Hack et al. showed a 5-point difference between the IQ scores of 8year-old ex-preterm and term-born children, and this cognitive difference persisted
until their follow-up at 20 years of age [8]. Despite their enormous significance for
society, the biological mechanisms underlying these neurodevelopmental deficits
remain unclear and underinvestigated.
Mechanisms Leading to Long-Term Effects of Pain and Stress
Neuronal cell death and altered synaptogenesis in the immature brain may offer plausible explanations for changes in cortical and subcortical brain regions noted from
human and rodent studies. We investigated the mechanisms leading to these changes
in order to explore the long-term effects of pain, stress, or other adverse experiences
of the neonatal period. A theoretical framework [9] suggests that immature neurons
and glial elements are vulnerable to apoptosis or excitotoxicity, and that repetitive
pain or stress may have a significant impact on neuronal survival.
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
141
142
K.J.S. Anand
Enhanced Vulnerability of Immature Neurons
Brain development is critical just before and after human birth, which corresponds
to the neurological maturity of 0- to 14-day-old rat pups, and is characterized by
peak rates of brain growth [10], exuberant synaptogenesis [11], and expression of
specific receptor populations. Neuronal receptors include the excitatory N-methylD-aspartate (NMDA) receptors, AMPA/kainate receptors, and metabotropic glutamate receptors, with widely distributed sites in the brain and key roles in neuronal
proliferation, differentiation [12], migration [13], synaptogenesis [14], and synaptic plasticity in the immature brain [15]. NMDA receptors allow Ca2+ entry into the
cell, which leads to phosphorylation of second messengers and changes in gene regulation. NMDA receptors reach a peak density at birth [16, 17] and are coupled with
an increased magnitude of ligand-gated Ca2+ currents [18] in newborn rats. They
are abundantly expressed in the human fetal brain as well [19]. Immature neurons
appear to have greater vulnerability to excitotoxic damage [20], which may be due
to altered molecular mechanisms for Ca2+ signaling [21]. This enhanced vulnerability of the immature nervous system, in the setting of increased stimulation by
pathological stressors, may lead to an excessive amount of Ca2+ entry into the cell,
which can initiate excitotoxic cell death. Prolonged blockade of NMDA receptors
or the activation of neuronal cytokine receptors (e.g., the TNF-α receptor) may also
trigger apoptosis in developing neurons [22], directly or indirectly, through the
sequential activation of initiator (e.g., caspase-8, caspase-9) and effector caspases
(e.g., caspase-3) [23–25]. This critical period is also characterized by enhanced
degrees of naturally occurring neuronal death (or physiological cell death) via
apoptotic mechanisms [26, 27]. Such neuronal cell death follows a developmental
pattern, affecting particular brain regions during specific developmental phases, such
as the brain stem in the perinatal period [28], thalamus and other subcortical areas
soon after birth [29, 30], and cortical areas in the first 2 postnatal weeks [30–32].
The regional expression of Bcl-2 and caspase-3 appears to mediate this susceptibility to neuronal apoptosis, and this phase is terminated by the reduced cellular
expression of caspase-3 [33]. In situ hybridization revealed a profound developmental regulation of caspase-3, the main effector enzyme for neuronal apoptosis,
with a high abundance of caspase-3 mRNA observed in fetal and neonatal neurons
and decreased expression in adult neurons [34]. Rabinowicz et al. calculated that
large numbers of cortical neurons undergo apoptosis after 28 weeks of human gestation, with neuronal numbers decreasing by more than 50% to achieve a stable number of neurons at birth [26]. This vulnerability is not limited to neurons but extends
to glial elements of the nervous system as well. Volpe and colleagues demonstrated that oligodendroglial cells present in premature human infants are exquisitely sensitive to free radical injury [35]. The predominant mechanism of oligodendroglial
cell death occurs by apoptosis. This sensitivity to free radical injury is maturationdependent, as mature oligodendroglia survive in much greater numbers when
exposed to free radicals [36].
16 From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs for Neonatal Pain
143
Effects of Early Adverse Experiences
The developmental regulation of excitotoxic and apoptotic mechanisms heightens
the susceptibility of the immature nervous system to the adverse experiences in
preterm neonates. Accordingly, models of hypoxic-ischemic injury in neonatal rats
show increased neuronal necrosis in the cerebral cortex, striatum, thalamus, and hippocampus [37]. Viral infections of the neonatal mouse brain can cause increased
cortical and hippocampal apoptosis [38], whereas remote stressors such as neonatal peritonitis also lead to neuronal and astrocytic injury, associated with impaired
integrity of the blood-brain barrier in the frontal cortex [39]. Survival experiments
further report a hyperresponsiveness of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA)
axis, correlated with permanent changes in the median eminence and hippocampus
of adult rats following exposure to neonatal endotoxemia [40]. Neonatal intensive
care aggressively treats hypoxia, hypoglycemia, or sepsis, but other factors contributing to neuronal damage, such as repetitive pain or maternal separation, have
received little therapeutic attention until recently [41]. When the 8-year-old children studied by Peterson et al. were receiving neonatal intensive care, it was customary to ignore the effects of invasive procedures (e.g., heel lancing, venous
catheterization, chest tube placement, etc.) or adverse environmental stimuli (e.g.,
loud noises, bright lights). Recent clinical and experimental observations suggest
that the repetitive pain caused by invasive procedures, and maternal separation leading to a lack of social (tactile, kinesthetic, and verbal) stimulation, may have independent and perhaps inter-related [42] effects on the developmental vulnerability
of immature neurons.
That repetitive or prolonged pain can insidiously hinder cognitive development
has been largely ignored. For example, a similar pattern of long-term behavioral
changes was noted in adult rats that were exposed to repetitive acute pain during
the first postnatal week. Rats exposed to neonatal pain had lower pain thresholds
during infancy, with increased alcohol preference, defensive withdrawal behavior,
and hypervigilance noted during adulthood [43]. Neonatal rats subjected to inflammatory pain (induced by injection of formalin, complete Freund’s adjuvant (CFA),
or carrageenan) also manifested robust behavioral changes during adulthood.
Following CFA injection in the neonatal period, adult rats were hyperresponsive to
subsequent painful stimuli (pinch, formalin injection) [44]. Following exposure to
repeated formalin injections, adult rats showed longer latencies to the hot plate,
decreased alcohol preference, and diminished locomotor activity [45].
It is likely that these long-term behavioral changes may result from developmental
alterations of the immature pain system at the peripheral, spinal, and supraspinal
levels [41]. At the peripheral and spinal level these changes include increased
sprouting of peripheral cutaneous nerves and their primary afferent connections with
the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, corresponding to the area of tissue injury [44,
46]. Somatotopically related dorsal horn neurons showed a marked hyperexcitability, both at rest and following noxious stimulation, as well as decreases in their recep-
144
K.J.S. Anand
tive field size [44, 47]. In the cortical areas associated with pain processing, it
appears that repetitive inflammatory pain in neonatal rats leads to a significant accentuation of naturally occurring neuronal cell death [48]. Specific regions, particularly in areas of the piriform, temporal, and occipital cortex, show twice as many neurons dying in the 1-day-old and 7-day-old rats subjected to inflammatory pain as
compared to age-matched controls, but this vulnerability was not evident in 14-dayold rat pups [48]. Mechanisms leading to these long-term changes may include neuronal excitotoxicity (mediated via activation of NMDA or other excitatory receptors) or apoptosis (mediated via inflammatory cytokine receptors or mitochondrial
injury). NMDA-dependent mechanisms not only mediate the spinal transmission of
pain but also the long-term effects of pain, such as hyperalgesia, allodynia, windup,
and central sensitization [49], involved in the pathogenesis of chronic pain states
[50, 51].
Accumulating data suggest that exposure to neonatal pain promotes an increased
susceptibility to chronic pain states mediated by NMDA-dependent neuroplasticity [52, 53]. If neonatal pain or localized inflammation truly produce these long-term
changes, then analgesia or anti-inflammatory treatment should prevent or ameliorate the expression of the reported cellular and behavioral changes. A paucity of
published data, however, does not allow any firm conclusions in this regard. One
recent experiment showed that pre-emptive analgesia with morphine in neonatal rats
exposed to inflammatory pain reduced some, but not all the long-term behavioral
changes noted in adult rats [45]. Preliminary evidence for the beneficial effects of
pre-emptive morphine analgesia in preterm neonates comes from a blinded and
placebo-controlled, randomized clinical trial, which suggests a reduced incidence
of early neurological injury in the morphine-treated neonates [54]. The cognitive
and neurobehavioral outcomes from a larger clinical trial (currently underway) may
answer the question of whether the outcomes reported by Peterson et al. are altered
by opioid analgesia, thus supporting the possibility that these changes resulted from
pain-induced neuronal or white matter damage [55].
Summary and Conclusions
The neurodevelopmental outcomes of preterm neonates remain a cause for deep concern. We propose that NMDA-mediated excitotoxicity resulting from repetitive or
prolonged pain and enhanced apoptosis due to maternal separation are the two primary mechanisms leading to enhanced neuronal cell death in the immature brain.
Thus, neurodevelopmental abnormalities will depend on genetic variability as well
as the timing, intensity, and duration of these adverse environmental experiences.
Altered development during infancy may lead to reductions in hippocampal volume,
abnormal behavioral and neuroendocrine regulation, and to poor cognitive outcomes
during subsequent life. Ameliorating the subtle brain damage caused by these
mechanisms may have a colossal public health and economic importance. Thus, con-
16 From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs for Neonatal Pain
145
certed efforts by neuroscientists and clinicians to investigate the mechanisms underlying early neuronal stress, efforts to minimize the impact of adverse experiences
in the neonatal period, and novel strategies for improving neurodevelopmental outcomes are justified.
References
1. Hoyert DL, Freedman MA, Strobino DM, Guyer B (2001) Annual summary of vital statistics: 2000. Pediatrics 108:1241–1255
2. McCormick MC, Gortmaker SL, Sobol AM (1990) Very low birth weight children: behavior problems and school difficulty in a national sample. J Pediatr 117:687–693
3. Breslau N, Chilcoat H, Del Dotto J et al (1996) Low birth weight and neurocognitive
status at six years of age. Biol Psychiatr 40:389–397
4. Achenbach TM, Howell CT, Aoki MF, Rauh VA (1993) Nine-year outcome of the
Vermont intervention program for low birth weight infants. Pediatrics 91:45–55
5. McCormick MC, Brooks-Gunn J, Workman-Daniels K et al (1992) The health and
developmental status of very low-birth-weight children at school age. JAMA
267:2204–2208
6. Slonim AD, Patel KM, Ruttimann UE, Pollack MM (2000) The impact of prematurity:
a perspective of pediatric intensive care units. Crit Care Med 28:848–853
7. Bhutta AT, Cleves MA, Casey PH et al (2002) Cognitive and behavioral outcomes of
school-aged children who were born preterm: a meta-analysis. JAMA 288:728–737
8. Hack M, Flannery DJ, Schluchter M et al (2002) Outcomes in young adulthood for verylow-birthweight infants. N Engl J Med 346:149–157
9. Anand KJS (2000) Effects of perinatal pain. In: Mayer EA, Saper CB (eds) The biological basis for mind-body interactions. Elsevier Science, New York, pp 117–129
10. Rakic P (1998) Images in neuroscience. Brain development, VI: radial migration and cortical evolution. Am J Psychiatr 155:1150–1151
11. Rakic P, Bourgeois J-P, Eckenhoff MF et al (1986) Concurrent overproduction of synapses in diverse regions of the primate cerebral cortex. Science 232:232–235
12. Gould E, Cameron HA (1997) Early NMDA receptor blockade impairs defensive behavior and increases cell proliferation in the dentate gyrus of developing rats. Behav Neurosci
111:49–56
13. Komuro H, Rakic P (1998) Orchestration of neuronal migration by activity of ion channels, neurotransmitter receptors, and intracellular Ca2+ fluctuations. J Neurobiol
37:110–130
14. Yen L, Sibley JT, Constantine-Paton M (1995) Analysis of synaptic distribution within
single retinal axonal arbors after chronic NMDA treatment. J Neurosci 15:4712–4725
15. Komuro H, Rakic P (1993) Modulation of neuronal migration by NMDA receptors.
Science 260:95–97
16. Rao H, Jean A, Kessler JP (1997) Postnatal ontogeny of glutamate receptors in the rat
nucleus tractus solitarii and ventrolateral medulla. J Auton Nerv Syst 65:25–32
17. Chahal H, D’Souza SW, Barson AJ, Slater P (1998) Modulation by magnesium of Nmethyl-D-aspartate receptors in developing human brain. Arch Dis Child Fetal Neonatal
Ed 78:F116–120
18. Mitani A, Watanabe M, Kataoka K (1998) Functional change of NMDA receptors related to enhancement of susceptibility to neurotoxicity in the developing pontine nucleus.
J Neurosci 18:7941–7952
19. Ritter LM, Unis AS, Meador-Woodruff JH (2001) Ontogeny of ionotropic glutamate
receptor expression in human fetal brain. Brain Res Dev Brain Res 127:123–133
20. McDonald JW, Silverstein FS, Johnston MV (1988) Neurotoxicity of N-methyl-D-aspartate is markedly enhanced in developing rat central nervous system. Brain Res 459:200–203
146
K.J.S. Anand
21. Ghosh A, Greenberg ME (1995) Calcium signaling in neurons: molecular mechanisms
and cellular consequences. Science 268:239–247
22. Tsumoto T, Kimura F, Nishigori A (1990) A role of NMDA receptors and Ca2+ influx
in synaptic plasticity in the developing visual cortex. Adv Exp Med Biol 268:173–180
23. Ikonomidou C, Bosch F, Miksa M et al (1999) Blockade of NMDA receptors and apoptotic neurodegeneration in the developing brain. Science 283:70–74
24. Du Y, Bales KR, Dodel RC et al (1997) Activation of a caspase 3-related cysteine protease is required for glutamate-mediated apoptosis of cultured cerebellar granule neurons.
Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:11657–11662
25. Bonfoco E, Krainc D, Ankarcrona M et al (1995) Apoptosis and necrosis: two distinct
events induced, respectively, by mild and intense insults with N-methyl-D-aspartate or
nitric oxide/superoxide in cortical cell cultures. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:7162–7166
26. Rabinowicz T, de Courten-Myers GM, Petetot JM et al (1996) Human cortex development: estimates of neuronal numbers indicate major loss late during gestation. J
Neuropathol Exp Neurol 55:320–332
27. Dikranian K, Ishimaru MJ, Tenkova T et al (2001) Apoptosis in the in vivo mammalian
forebrain. Neurobiol Dis 8:359–379
28. Miller MW, al-Ghoul WM (1993) Numbers of neurons in the developing principal sensory nucleus of the trigeminal nerve: enhanced survival of early-generated neurons over
late-generated neurons. J Comp Neurol 330:491–501
29. Waite PM, Li L, Ashwell KW (1992) Developmental and lesion induced cell death in
the rat ventrobasal complex. Neuroreport 3:485–488
30. Spreafico R, Frassoni C, Arcelli P et al (1995) In situ labeling of apoptotic cell death in
the cerebral cortex and thalamus of rats during development. J Comp Neurol 363:281–295
31. Ferrer I, Bernet E, Soriano E et al (1990) Naturally occurring cell death in the cerebral
cortex of the rat and removal of dead cells by transitory phagocytes. Neuroscience
39:451–458
32. Finlay BL, Slattery M (1983) Local differences in the amount of early cell death in neocortex predict adult local specializations. Science 219:1349–1351
33. Mooney S, Miller M (2000) Expression of bcl-2, bax, and caspase-3 in the brain of the
developing rat. Dev Brain Res 123:103–117
34. Namura S, Zhu J, Fink K et al (1998) Activation and cleavage of caspase-3 in apoptosis
induced by experimental cerebral ischemia. J Neurosci 18:3659–3668
35. Back SA, Gan X, Li Y et al (1998) Maturation dependent vulnerability of oligodendrocytes to oxidative stress-induced death caused by glutathione depletion. J Neurosci
18:6241–6253
36. Volpe JJ (2001) Neurobiology of periventricular leukomalacia in the premature infant.
Pediatr Res 50:553–562
37. Nagata N, Saji M, Ito T et al (2000) Repetitive intermittent hypoxia-ischemia and brain
damage in neonatal rats. Brain Dev 22:315–320
38. Despres P, Frenkiel MP, Ceccaldi PE et al (1998) Apoptosis in the mouse central nervous system in response to infection with mouse-neurovirulent dengue viruses. J Virol
72:823–829
39. Papadopoulos MC, Lamb FJ, Moss RF et al (1999) Faecal peritonitis causes oedema and
neuronal injury in pig cerebral cortex. Clin Sci 96:461–466
40. Shanks N, Larocque S, Meaney MJ (1995) Neonatal endotoxin exposure alters the development of the hypothalamic-pituitary adrenal axis: early illness and later responsivity to
stress. J Neurosci 15:376–384
41. Anand KJS (2000) Pain, plasticity, and premature birth: a prescription for permanent suffering? Nature Med 6:971–973
42. Gray L, Watt L, Blass EM (2000) Skin-to-skin contact is analgesic in healthy newborns.
Pediatrics 105:e14
43. Anand KJS, Coskun V, Thrivikraman KV et al (1999) Long-term behavioral effects of
repetitive pain in neonatal rat pups. Physiol Behav 66:627–637
44. Ruda MA, Ling Q-D, Hohmann AG et al (2000) Altered nociceptive neuronal circuits
after neonatal peripheral inflammation. Science 289:628–631
16 From the Gate-Control Theory to Brain Programs for Neonatal Pain
147
45. Bhutta AT, Rovnaghi CR, Simpson PM et al (2001) Interactions of inflammatory pain
and morphine treatment in infant rats: long-term behavioral effects. Physiol Behav
73:51–58
46. Reynolds ML, Fitzgerald M (1995) Long-term sensory hyperinnervation following neonatal skin wounds. J Comp Neurol 358:487–498
47. Rahman W, Fitzgerald M, Aynsley-Green A, Dickenson AH (1997) The effects of neonatal exposure to inflammation and/or morphine on neuronal responses and morphine analgesia in adult rats. In: Jensen TS, Turner JA, Wiesenfeld-Hallin Z (eds) Proceedings of
the 8th World Congress on Pain. IASP Press, Seattle, pp 783–794
48. Newton BW, Rovnaghi CR, Narsinghani U et al (2000) Supraspinal fos expression may
have neuroprotective effects in inflammation-induced neuronal cell death: a FluoroJadeB and C-fos study. Soc Neurosci Abstr 26(Pt 1):435
49. Kim YI, Na HS, Yoon YW et al (1997) NMDA receptors are important for both mechanical and thermal allodynia from peripheral nerve injury in rats. Neuroreport 8:2149–2153
50. Zhuo M (1998) NMDA receptor-dependent long term hyperalgesia after tail amputation
in mice. Eur J Pharmacol 349:211–220
51. Baranauskas G, Nistri A (1998) Sensitization of pain pathways in the spinal cord: cellular mechanisms. Prog Neurobiol 54:349–365
52. Chiang CY, Hu JW, Sessle BJ (1997) NMDA receptor involvement in neuroplastic
changes induced by neonatal capsaicin treatment in trigeminal nociceptive neurons. J
Neurophysiol 78:2799–2803
53. McCormack K, Prather P, Chapleo C (1998) Some new insights into the effects of opioids in phasic and tonic nociceptive tests. Pain 78:79–98
54. Anand KJS, McIntosh N, Lagercrantz H et al (1999) Analgesia and sedation in ventilated preterm neonates: Results from the pilot N.O.P.A.I.N. trial. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med
153:331–338
55. Peterson BS, Vohr B, Staib LH et al (2000) Regional brain volume abnormalities and
long-term cognitive outcome in preterm infants. JAMA 284:1939–1947
PART V
Pain and Communication
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
151
Chapter 17
Disclosure of Pathology to the Newborn’s Family
P. Arosio
Care of high-risk newborns often involves complex ethical problems, such as
quick decisions about questions with a high degree of uncertainty. It is not always
possible to define recovery, establish a long-term prognosis or predict future quality of life. This indicates the complexity of factors involved in relating to parents.
I have been working for 20 years in the Neonatal and Intensive Care Unit of San
Gerardo Hospital, Monza. I am also the president of an association of families with
handicapped children (Gli Amici di Giovanni), which is affiliated with the national association “Famiglie per l’Accoglienza”. I am not an expert in communicating, but all neonatologists have had to break “bad news”, such as neonatal pathology, to parents, and have therefore had occasion to reflect on this experience. I shall
touch on some points that seem important in the dynamics of communication
between neonatologists and parents. I shall start with some data relating to my background experience.
Communicating a diagnosis means “making it common”, entering into a relationship with the family and child. Communication of a diagnosis should not be an
isolated event, but the first step in a therapeutic journey, a journey that should be
planned and accompanied in the best possible manner for the parents.
Once the diagnosis has been communicated, the parents must not be left alone
with their doubts, fears and anguish. They must be able to spend as much time as
possible near their child and take part in the therapy. Open wards where parents can
be present for most of the day are of great importance. However, the initial approach
is crucial and can predispose parents to accepting or rejecting the baby (especially
if affected by certain pathologies). For example, communication of an unexpected
disease, such as Down syndrome to young parents, dashes the image of the awaited child. The doctor must try to have awareness and courage in being as little invasive as possible, creating affinity and empathy with the parents to enable the dialogue to continue.
To prepare this paper I used a letter that Dr. Bellieni wrote to me about 4 years
ago, submitting a lesson of his to an up-dating course on neonatal care. The title of
the lesson was “Who is the premature baby?”. I remembered two points which are
fundamental for entering into a relationship with the parents and for communicating the diagnosis [1]. It is not possible to talk of “what to do” or “what to say” to
someone without having some idea of “who” that person is. Before being a cliniG. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
151
152
P. Arosio
cal case or a set of symptoms, the newborn is a patient and a “you”, a fragile you
in a situation of great need and dependence [2]. This person or “you” cannot be conceived of outside a history, a family, a couple, without risking interrupting the continuity of a life made of sensations, smells, sounds, movements, that the baby is
experiencing and experienced throughout fetal life [2]. We therefore have to think
of the newborn within the unit it forms with its mother and father. I think it is helpful to bear these two points in mind when continuing the work of forming a relationship with the parents.
Let us now look at two aspects of the problem: the reaction of parents to communication of the diagnosis (Table 1) and the reaction of the doctor and how the
doctor approaches this problem. The reactions of parents when told about the baby
differ but follow a well-defined sequence of emotions which may vary in intensity
and duration [3]. It is difficult to predict which reaction will prevail, and sometimes
backward steps are made. The state of shock is a condition of confusion and impotence in which even the simplest information is difficult to grasp. It is followed by
despair, sadness, disbelief (hope in a diagnostic error), anger and denial (when there
may be confused hopes that the baby will die or hasty decisions to abandon the
child). They are human reactions, understandable and even necessary, though not
all are obligatory for the situation to mature and evolve towards acceptance and
hopefully taking in (embracing) of the child. This phase becomes evident when the
parents begin to see and describe their baby as it is (as it laughs or cries, sucks, sleeps
or fusses) [4]. This experience eventually reinforces the couple. Reactions to the
child may be characterised by conflicting emotions (over-protectiveness – coldness).
Later, reactions towards the ward staff also develop [5].
Much also depends on the reactions of the doctor. Apart from their specific
skills, doctors find themselves in a situation of stress, the intensity of which is
related to the gravity, chronic nature or untreatable nature of the baby’s condition and prognostic uncertainty. Our words and attitude should take account of
the different prognostic implications of the pathology in question (Table 2). In
Table 1 Reaction of parents to news of an ill or malformed baby
Towards themselves
Within the couple
Shock
Trust
Blaming
Detachment
Despair
Sadness
Disbelief
Anger
Denial
Taking responsibility
Towards the baby
Hyperprotection
Medicalization
Alienation
Towards the staff
Discharging tension
Absolute dependence
Dissatisfaction
17 Disclosure of Pathology to the Newborn’s Family
153
Table 2 Prognoses of some neonatal pathologies (modified from [3])
Good prognosis
Hypothyroidism
Adrenogenital syndrome
Congenital treatable cardiopathy
Uropathy due to malformation
Omphalocele
Uncertain, possibly good prognosis
Severe prematurity with possible sequelae (bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinopathy of prematurity, brain haemorrhage with hydrocephalus)
Untreatable
Down syndrome
Severe intraparenchymal brain haemorrhage
Severe asphyxia
cases with good prognosis, the medical practitioner should explain the risks and
benefits of therapy, reassuring the parents and eliciting their trust. When the prognosis is uncertain, possibly good, the doctor should sustain hope day by day,
building trust in the treatment, in a therapeutic process that involves the parents
and establishes human relationship. The figure of the doctor in charge of the case
is important [6].
In cases where the pathology cannot be treated, it is more difficult to tell the parents and the emotional impact on them is greater. Much depends on the doctor’s
experience, including experience of life, and his or her attitude towards disease and
handicap. Limitations may be encountered in this area. The parents are initially in
a state of shock and confusion that makes them unable to fully grasp the information the doctor gives them; however, they will sense if the doctor is willing to understand and participate in their situation. Much of the work parents must do to receive
and care for their child is mediated by us, our glances, our words and silences, an
embracing or a cold and detached attitude. The way we look at the baby, the patient,
is the same as the way we look at the people around us, our colleagues, the way we
look at ourselves. Knowing this, some aims of communication (what to say, when
and where to say it, and how to say it) can have a truer content, a less technical and
certainly less sentimental form [7].
What to Say?
The truth is essential, but with how many details? In the case of pathologies with
a rapid course, such as extreme prematurity with possible sequelae such as retinopathy and chronic lung disease, the truth should be told as it evolves, with doses and
timing appropriate for parents undertaking a difficult and not always linear process,
154
P. Arosio
with its ups and downs, like the baby’s pathology. The truth is our capacity to accompany the baby and its parents, observing timing that is not ours.
If possible, the diagnosis should be communicated to both parents, showing
and giving them the baby. Reality is always less dramatic than imagination.
Today the procedures of prenatal diagnosis have reduced the emotional trauma
of communicating malformations or pathology at the moment of birth as many
are diagnosed in utero and have already been communicated. Collaboration is
necessary with obstetricians and gynaecologists so that the problem can be tackled together [8].
When and Where to Say It?
The diagnosis must be communicated as soon as possible and with every new development. It should be done in a suitable quiet place, to both parents and no one else,
giving them the opportunity to freely express their feelings (including weeping) and
to ask questions [9].
How to Say It?
This is the most difficult part and the one that most involves the doctor emotionally. Basically, it should be said with clarity and simplicity. Technical terms should
be kept to a minimum, especially initially, on the first occasion. Parents more readily grasp the non-verbal dialogue, expressed through the attention and willingness
of the doctor to understand and share what they are going through.
The facts should be presented as they stand, realistically. This seems a play on
words, but is not intended as such. It should be done without prejudice and preconceptions that we doctors have sometimes borrowed from the media. It should
be done with awareness of that unique “you” mentioned at the beginning.
Some optimism should be maintained, without denying the problems, but underlining the positive aspects and possible therapies.
References
1. Bellieni CV (1999) La Care in TIN: chi è il prematuro? Corso di Aggiornamento sulla
Care neonatale. Siena
2. Brazy JE, Anderson BM, Becker PT, Becker M (2001) How parents of premature infants
gather information and obtain support. Neonatal Netw 20:41–48
3. Burgio GR, Notarangelo LD (1999) La comunicazione in pediatria. Edizioni Utet
4. Coleman WL (1995) The first interview with a family. Pediatr Clin North Am 42:119–129
17 Disclosure of Pathology to the Newborn’s Family
155
5. Cox C, Bialoskurski M (2001) Neonatal intensive care: communication and attachment.
Br J Nurs 10:668–676
6. Fowlie PW, Delahunty C, Tarnow-Mordi WO (1998) What do doctors record in the medical notes following discussion with the parents of sick premature infants? Eur J Pediatr
157:63–65
7. Giussani L (1995) Alla ricerca del volto umano. Edizioni Rizzoli
8. Mastroiacovo PP et al (1986) Le malformazioni congenite. Medico e Bambino 5:
9. Jankovic M (1999) Come parlare ai bambini della loro malattia. Prospettive in Pediatria
29:61–66
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
157
Chapter 18
Communication of Diagnosis: Pain and Grief
in the Experience of Parents of Children
with a Congenital Malformation
L. Memo, E. Basile, A. Ferrarini, O.S. Saia and A. Selicorni
The majority of families who have children with a congenital malformation do not
learn of their children’s diagnosis until after the children are born, so breaking the
difficult news of an unexpected diagnosis to parents in the newborn setting is a common occurrence for neonatologist. Presenting the diagnosis to families must be
accomplished in a supportive, positive, caring, and honest manner. However, there
are few scientific data and little instruction in training programs on how best to
convey the news in an appropriate manner. Some articles in the literature over the
last 30 years have proposed various guidelines for the so-called informing interview [1]. Discussions of parents’ preferences and experiences in receiving this news
have also been documented. Few reports, however, have focused on the breaking
of the difficult news of diagnosis of a genetic condition to parents in the newborn
setting [2–5].
Communication of a diagnosis is a particularly delicate and stressful moment:
parents remember it for years. The communication process itself is extremely difficult; the parents are faced with a diagnosis of malformation and must cope with
the manner in which they react, adapt, accept the child and modify their personal
and family life. Many parents do not remember very accurately the specific contents of the communication or report that they did not understand. This difficulty,
which is partially explained by the scientific nature of the information, underlines
the importance of the emotional components of the interview.
Congenital syndromes are very complex and heterogeneous. It is difficult to
define the possible reactions of parents. It is not possible to identify types of reaction in advance, because a syndrome or congenital anomaly is not the only variable
which influences the parents’ reactions. Some depend on the pathology, others on
personality, on the quality of the parents’ relationship, and on the sociocultural context in which the family lives. Appropriate management takes account of these different factors and the various phases of the process of adaptation [6–10].
The moment of birth and communication are a dramatic moment of shock
which manifests itself in incredulity, disorientation, pain, a sense of impotence,
and a blocking of the ability to reason. Pain and grief are always major feelings
of the parents and always accompany the experiences of loss. Parents suffer from
the loss of their “idealized child” and its assumed structural and genetic perfection. Sadness and anger follow pain and grief. In this situation it is important to
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
157
158
L. Memo et al.
support the family, helping the parents to process and overcome their sense of loss,
with the aim of restoring family comfort and obtaining complete collaboration for
diagnostic and therapeutic indications. After the first moments, a sense of negation and refusal are evident. These feelings cause defensive reactions and a sense
of closure and failure. Overcoming of these first phases (coping) aids functional
adaptation and a progressive ability to reorganize roles and the dynamic equilibrium of the family.
In this context, communication of a pathological condition is a fundamental
moment. The experiences of some parents are complicated and deep:
“When she was born they told me that she was a beautiful child; I did not accept
this, because it was not the truth.”
“They give you the news and then they leave you alone, you don’t know anything.”
“They said very little, very quickly, about everything our baby was showing.”
In a study in which 170 parents of children with a congenital syndrome answered
a clinical–psychological questionnaire about how they received the information of
their child’s condition, the results showed that the news was extremely distressing
and stressful in 53% of cases, hastily communicated and difficult to understand in
25%, and satisfactory as regards content and the manner of communication in only
15% (S. Intini, personal communication, National meeting of Italian CDLS Parent
Support Group, Pesaro 2000).
At the moment when the news is broken, the effect of the emotions on the parents’ rational ability prevents complete comprehension of the information.
Unsatisfactory communication has a negative influence on the emotions and psychological feelings of the parents, and this has consequences for clinical and diagnostic plans by reducing parent compliance. This can cause a break in the medical
relationship and increase the time taken for examination and specialist consultations.
Important factors for proper communication are appropriate communicative techniques and adequate context. The information must be given without delay, in the
presence of the parents and the baby, in a comfortable, quiet, private location with
enough time and no interruptions, sitting close to the parents, face-to-face, making
eye contact [11, 12]. The clinical picture must be described to the couple in a simple language, with careful choice of words and avoiding euphemisms, technical diagnostic terminology or medical jargon, giving an objective opinion and not a list of
problems. After the first discussion, it is very important to plan subsequent meetings to gradually explain the various diagnostic elements and their possible developments. The different medical specialists involved in communication and first
assessments must be properly coordinated. In many cases, direct and indirect psychological and emotional support must be offered during and after hospitalization
of the baby in the intensive care unit.
Direct support is of the psychological type; the psychologist has a prescriptive
and organizing role more than an interpretative one. This intervention must be directed at a realistic shared understanding of the child’s problems, help in discussions
with the parents and integration of these problems into the family. Indirect support
involves the organization of “environmental therapy”, to improve contact between
18 Communication of Diagnosis
159
mother and child and the collaboration of the parents in the therapy, and to help the
parents choose a doctor and nurse as reference persons in the department.
The period after hospitalization has particular characteristics and must be properly organized. It must be planned in agreement with the parents and the external
paediatrician. A precise follow-up programme must be offered; help in dealing with
social services and any other bureaucratic organizational problems, and with any
obvious emotional or psychological distress is also necessary. It is also important
to identify a professional figure that coordinates these activities; this role could be
filled by the external paediatrician, the neonatologist or the paediatrician who first
examined the child. If possible, this person should be a paediatrician who specializes in genetic problems and is experienced in general paediatrics and clinical genetics. The external paediatrician should support the family through diagnosis to guarantee the activation of integrated physical rehabilitation and psychological services,
to define programmes of treatment and follow-up, to identify the right specialists
for the child’s various medical problems and to suggest formal and informal social
resources for the support of the family. Parents need to be aware of the social services available in their area in terms of specialized services for mothers and children with disabilities. Organizing this for them will ease the stress of searching
through different referrals, providing supervision and fulfilment of their needs.
We recommend the development and establishment of an infrastructure within each
hospital system that makes routine the provision of up-to-date and accurate information and referral to parent support groups and other, experienced parents of children
with congenital anomalies. It is important for the couple to exchange practical information, receive support and share experiences with other in a like situation. Hinkson
et al. [13] feel that disorder-specific support groups are crucial, since they are composed primarily of caregivers who have first-hand experience of caring for similarly
affected children and can provide appropriate information that is most likely to match
the changing concerns of others caregivers. The neonatologist and/or the paediatrician should provide the family with information about these types of association, leaving the parents free to decide themselves how and when to make contact.
References
1. Dent KM, Carey JC (2006) Breaking difficult news in a newborn setting: Down syndrome
as a paradigm. Am J Med Genet C Semin Med Genet 142:173–179
2. Fallowfield L, Jenkins V (2004) Communicating sad, bad, and difficult news in medicine. Lancet 363:312–319
3. Krahn GL, Hallum A, Kime C (1993) Are there good ways to give “bad news”? Pediatrics
91:578–582
4. Ptacek JT, Eberhardt TL (1996) Breaking bad news. A review of literature. JAMA
276:496–502
5. Ryan S (1995) Telling parents their child has severe congenital anomalies. Postgrad Med
J 71:529–533
6. Cunningham CC, Morgan PA, McGucken RB (1984) Down’s syndrome: is dissatisfaction with disclosure of diagnosis inevitable? Dev Med Child Neurol 26:33–39
160
L. Memo et al.
7. Cuskelly M, Gunn P (2003) Sibling relationships of children with Down syndrome: perspectives of mothers, fathers and siblings. Am J Ment Retard 108:234–244
8. Drotar D, Baskiewicz A, Irvin N et al (1975) The adaptation of parents to the birth of an
infant with a congenital malformation: a hypothetical model. Pediatrics 56:710–717
9. Garwick AW, Patterson J, Bennet CF et al (1995) Breaking the news. How families first
learn about their child’s chronic condition. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 149:991–997
10. Hedov G, Wikblad K, Anneren G (2002) First information and support provided to parents of children with Down syndrome in Sweden: clinical goals and parental experiences.
Acta Paediatr 91:1344–1349
11. Mastroiacovo PP, Memo L (2007) Raccomandazioni per la comunicazione della diagnosi di malattia genetica complessa e/o di disabilità congenita. Prospettive in Pediatria
(in press)
12. Rosenthal ET, Biesecker LG, Biesecker BB (2001) Parental attitudes toward a diagnosis
in children with unidentified multiple congenital anomaly syndromes. Am J Med Genet
103:106–114
13. Hinkson DAR, Atenafu E, Kennedy SJ et al (2006) Cornelia De Lange syndrome:
parental preferences regarding the provision of medical information. Am J Med Genet
140A:2170–2179
Gonadal Hormones and Pain Modulation
161
Chapter 19
Invest in Prenatal Life: a High-Yield Stock
M. Enrichi
In the last 20 years various associations have been formed, inside and outside academic and health circles, to provide information on prenatal life and the importance of this special period for our physical and emotional life and relationships.
Founded in 1992, ANEP (Associazione Nazionale Educazione Prenatale) is the
Italian chapter of the Organisation Mondiale des Associations pour l’Education
Prénatale (OMAEP), founded in France in 1982, which now contains 18 national associations. Another association, ANPEP (Associazione Nazionale Psicologia
Educazione Prenatale), was founded in 1999. An understanding of prenatal life
needs to become part of the cultural heritage, especially for couples planning to
have a family or expecting a baby, and for school children. Thus the fascination
of the first 9 months of life will leave a mark in the DNA of the heart, as well as
in the personal cultural heritage that school inculcates in us all, and respect for
life and its wonders will have a stronger foundation. Knowledge and respect for
life, especially the bud of life, when it is so small as to seem insignificant and so
defenceless as to seem in our power, can enable us to know our origins, which
are the same for all of us – the basic equality – and need to be embraced in common by all of us, reinforcing ancient words of peace. Knowledge of prenatal life
is therefore precious.
Prenatal life is a high-yield stock, because an increase in fetal health becomes
an increase in adult health and because health is a basic right and social aim, especially at the start of life [1]. Investment in prenatal life pays because 9 months are
worth a life. Prenatal life is a fundamental time for life because it is at the beginning. The environment, especially the mother’s body, moulds prenatal development
through experience. Experience is nourishment: biochemical, metabolic, sensory,
cellular, emotional, relational, and cognitive.
The studies of Barker have shown that physiology and metabolism change permanently when the fetus has to adapt to an unfavourable environment, and that these
programmed changes may underlie illness in adulthood [2]. The role of the environment is becoming increasingly recognized. It is increasingly evident that almost
all illnesses have an environmental component, that the effect is much more harmful in the aetio-pathogenesis of disease if exposure to insult occurs during development, and that the outcome may be not only malformation but also functional
deficit which may manifest later in life [3].
G. Buonocore, C.V. Bellieni (eds), Neonatal Pain. Suffering, Pain and Risk
of Brain Damage in the Fetus and Newborn, © Springer 2008
161
162
M. Enrichi
Prenatal experience is also sensory experience. The work of Mauro Mancia, pioneer in the encounter between neuroscience and psychoanalysis, has shown that
“sensoriality” – i.e. fetal sensory experience through integration of pons structures
– underlies active sleep, stimulates synaptogenesis, determines implicit memory, participates in control of the vegetative system, and takes part in sensory transmodality. Active sleep is the nucleus of the baby’s representational mode at birth; synaptogenesis is the process behind learning, memory, and intelligence, and hence the
cognitive self. Implicit memory is the nucleus of the emotional self and the axis of
the self, namely the emotional centre of personality. Sensory experience takes part
in the control of the vegetative system, including heart and respiratory control, and
is linked with postnatal life, as we shall see. Sensory experience is involved in sensory transmodality, which is the fetal and neonatal capacity to pass information from
one channel to another [4]. Finally, emotional and sensory experience is the experience of suffering and pain, lived through the troubles and stress of the mother or
directly in the fetal body, and its mark remains long after birth as many neuroendocrinological, neuropsychiatric, and neonatological studies show [5–7].
Studies in psychology and psychoanalysis show that maternal representations in
pregnancy – that is, the idea the woman has of herself during pregnancy, as a pregnant woman and as a mother, that she has of the baby and the relationship between
them (which underlie motherhood and bonding of the newborn and baby with its
parent figures) – are the operative model through which adults form relationships
[8–11]. These representations form a thread of continuity between pregnancy and
the postnatal period. They are present from the start of pregnancy and are quite well
formed in the second trimester, a crucial time in which their construction undergoes
acceleration [9–11]. These representations can be revised during pregnancy as new
information is acquired, and can therefore be modified [10].
Sensory experience is therefore a stimulus for sensorineuromotor construction.
Sensory stimuli take part in the control of vegetative life before and after birth. It
has been demonstrated that auditory input is important for maintaining diencephalic
respiratory centre function. Auditory input in particular has a major role in regulation of breathing during neonatal sleep, to the extent that development of environmental acoustic stimuli is a major protective factor against cot death, as acoustic
stimulation reduced the risk of central apnoea [12].
The fact that fetal cells pass into the maternal circulation during pregnancy has
been known for over a century [13]. Recent studies indicate that cells transfer
between fetus and mother during pregnancy and can persist in both decades later,
almost life long [14]. The presence within one individual of a small population of
cells from another genetically distinct individual is referred to as microchimerism
[15]. A term pregnancy is not required for the development of fetal cell
microchimerism, and for a woman to become a chimera following pregnancy [14].
Natural microchimerism is maternal (mother’s cells in the fetus) and fetal (fetal
cells in the mother) [14]. The potential role of such placental transfer is still
unknown, but the finding of a high frequency of fetal microchimerism in the maternal liver suggests the possibility that this migration may be important in the induc-
19 Invest in Prenatal Life: a High-Yield Stock
163
tion and subsequent maintenance of tolerance towards the fetus during pregnancy
[16]. Persisting maternal and fetal microchimerism could be involved in the induction of some autoimmune diseases [15]. Alternatively, maternal and fetal cells may
migrate to areas of tissue damage secondarily and function beneficially in repair [13,
17]. The medical consequences of pregnancy, therefore, appear to extend well
beyond delivery [18].
Psychiatrists and psychologists have long since brought to light the importance
of the mother–child relationship in utero. Prenatal life sculpts one’s personality on
the basis of this relationship. The basic principle of the human being is to-be-in-relation, to-be-with, mit-sein, dialogue [19]. Every stimulus is relative. The stimulus and
the reaction will become a component of the personality that is to be, becomes “biologic”, a true imprinting that is there to stay and yields the “personality’s sculpture”.
Every stimulus reaches the fetus and the fetus unfailingly reacts against the events
reaching him; if they repeatedly trouble him they produce a “silent trauma”, forcing
the fetus to raise defensive barriers that require a continuous waste of energy [19].
The mother and the environment send messages that influence the fetus, his relation
with his mother and the world around him, and his brain development [6]. Today
stress is a subtle and ever-present toxin that when acting on a pregnant woman can
cause premature birth and infantile psychopathologies [5]. Clinical studies in the third
trimester of pregnancy have proved that an important stress is associated with a statistically significant risk of neurobehavioural dysfunctions [6]; that the first modality of “to-be-with” is built with the parents’ emotional mood pattern [19]; that there
is reciprocity between bonding (the parent’s attachment toward the child) and attachment (the child’s tendency to attachment) [20]; and there is a correlation between
prenatal bonding and postnatal attachment [21].
Prenatal education is to let both parents know how important it is that they are
parents, because:
– The father is always present, even when he is not, because he is in the mother’s
mind [22].
– The primary triangle (first relation mother–father–child) is present starting from
the prenatal period [20].
– Triadic interactions (mother–father–child) arise early if the parents respond
appropriately and if they create an ever-growing state of awareness; and if it is
possible for there to be continuity in the interactive and affective organization
between the prenatal and the postnatal period [20].
At this point we can draw some conclusions about the principles of prenatal education. First and foremost is the principle that every child is a miracle, and since
these days we all talk by slogans, we will conclude with some slogans:
– For the mother: “Take care of yourself.”
– For the father, family, and society: take care of the mother, prepare to welcome
the baby. In other words: “Number one: ecology.”
– For everyone: get to know prenatal life: “To know it is to love it.”
– For the mother and the father: trust in your abilities and competence, and at the
same time trust in the vital strength of the child: “Equal dignity.”
164
M. Enrichi
– For the mother and the father: maximize all sensorial communications as much
and as soon as possible: “It’s never too early, it’s never too late.”
What can we do to invest in prenatal life? Apart from health policy and medical
aspects, it is important that people be informed about prenatal life. Knowledge of
prenatal life arouses a sense of wonder and rapture, potentiating the perception of
fetal life as something precious and increasing respect for the developing embryo
and the woman bearing it. This has many good repercussions, making pregnant
women prefer a healthier and more appropriate life style. Couples also weave a richer and more complex relationship by thinking and caring about the baby. Finally,
all of us and society itself begin to wish to create a more protective environment
for the unborn baby and its mother.
We believe that all this can contribute to change the experience of prenatal life
on which the life of adult humans is built.
References
1. International Conference on Primary Health Care (1978) Alma Ata, USSR, 6-12
September
2. Barker DJ (1995) The Wellcome Foundation Lecture, 1994. The fetal origins of adult
disease. Proc R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 262(1363):37–43
3. The Fetal basis of adult disease: role of the environment Program Announcement (PA)
(2002) National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland
4. Mancia M (2001) Organizzazione della mente infantile. Ruolo della vita prenatale e
neonatale. In: Impatto della vita parentale sull’evoluzione dell’individuo, della cultura e
della società. Proceedings of the Convegno Nazionale Associazione Nazionale Educazione Prenatale, Milan 9-10 June 2001, pp 9–11
5. Panzarino P (2003) Ruolo dello stress materno e delle altre influenze ambientali sullo
sviluppo mentale del feto. In: Astrei G, Bevere A (eds) Vita prenatale e sviluppo della
personalità. Cantagalli, Siena, pp 15–19
6. Ottaviano S, Ottaviano P, Ottaviano C (2003) Stress materno-fetale nel terzo trimestre di
gravidanza, sindromi neurocomportamentali neonatali e PEP (Programmi Educativi
Prenatali). In: Astrei G, Bevere A (eds) Vita prenatale e sviluppo della personalità.
Cantagalli, Siena, pp 225–236
7. Bellieni CV (2002) Il dolore del Feto. In: Enrichi M (ed) 9 Mesi e un giorno. Proceedings
of Congresso Scientifico Internazionale Università degli Studi La Sapienza e Associazione
Nazionale Educazione Prenatale. Roma 18-19 Ottobre 2002, pp 11-15
8. Stern DN (1987) Il mondo interpersonale del bambino. Bollati-Boringhieri, Turin
9. Ammaniti M (1995) Le categorie delle rappresentazioni in gravidanza. In: Ammaniti M,
Candelori C, Pola M, Tambelli R: Maternità e gravidanza. Studio delle rappresentazioni
materne. Raffaello Cortina, Milan, pp 33–42
10. Tambelli R (1995) Una indagine sulle rappresentazioni in gravidanza. In: Ammaniti M,
Candelori C, Pola M, Tambelli R: Maternità e gravidanza. Studio delle rappresentazioni
materne. Raffaello Cortina, Milan, pp 43–62
11. Fava Vizziello G, Antonioli ME, Cocci V, Invernizzi R (1995) Dal mito al bambino reale.
In: Ammaniti M (ed) La gravidanza tra fantasia e realtà. Pensiero scientifico, Rome, pp
159–180
12. Cosmi EV (2002) Trattamento del neonato pretermine con il metodo Kangaroo.
Proceedings of Ninth National Congress of the Società Italiana di Medicina Perinatale
(SIMP). Monduzzi, Bologna, pp 165–168
19 Invest in Prenatal Life: a High-Yield Stock
165
13. Schmorl G (1893) Pathologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen über Puerperal Eklampsie.
Verlag von FC Vogel, Leipzig
14. Bianchi DW (2000) Feto-maternal cell trafficking: a new cause of disease? Am J Med
Genet 91:22–28
15. Adams KM, Nelson JL (2004) Microchimerism: an investigative frontier in autoimmunity and transplantation. JAMA 291:1127–1131
16. Tanaka A, Lindor K, Ansari A, Gershwin ME (2000) Fetal microchimerism in the mother: immunological implications. Liver Transpl 6:138–143
17. Bianchi DW (2000) Fetal cells in the mother: from genetic diagnosis to disease associated with fetal cell micromerism. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 92:103–108
18. Khosrotehrani K, Bianchi DW (2003) Fetal cells micromerism: helpful or harmful to the
parous woman? Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol 15:195–199
19. Ancona L (2003) Impianto e sviluppo della personalità. In: Astrei G, Bevere A (eds) Vita
prenatale e sviluppo della personalità. Cantagalli, Siena, p 21
20. Zavattini GC (2002) Psicodinamica degli affetti nella coppia: coniugalità e genitorialità.
In: Enrichi M (ed) 9 Mesi e un giorno. Proceedings of Congresso Scientifico Internazionale Università degli Studi La Sapienza e Associazione Nazionale Educazione Prenatale.
Roma 18-19 Ottobre 2002, p 101-111
21. Tambelli R, Odorisio F (2002) Le rappresentazioni materne e paterne in gravidanza e le
relazioni precoci con il bambino. In: Enrichi M (ed) 9 Mesi e un giorno. Proceedings of
Congresso Scientifico Internazionale Università degli Studi La Sapienza e Associazione
Nazionale Educazione Prenatale. Roma 18-19 Ottobre 2002, p 121-125
22. Ammaniti M, Vismara L (2002) Dinamiche psichiche in gravidanza e sviluppo infantile
precoce. In: Enrichi M (ed) 9 Mesi e un giorno. Proceedings of Congresso Scientifico
Internazionale Università degli Studi La Sapienza e Associazione Nazionale Educazione
Prenatale. Roma 18-19 Ottobre 2002, p 81-87
Introduction: Pain and Suffering Begin in the Womb?
167
Subject Index
A
ABC scale 69
affective confirmation 36, 41
affective confirming contact 35
affectivity 35, 73
allopurinol 126-128
analgesia 2, 5-10, 25-28, 50, 52-54, 74,
75, 77-81, 91, 92, 94-97, 99, 101108, 144, 147
analgesic procedures 73, 75, 77, 79, 81
anatomical 46, 50, 58, 59, 132-134
attachment 155, 163
auditory effects 111, 119
B
Barker’s hypothesis 60
behavioural 1, 7, 46-49, 53, 55, 60-62,
64, 70, 73, 75, 76, 131
blood flow regulation 14
bonding 32, 162, 163
brain 5, 9, 10, 12, 31, 33, 47-49, 53, 54,
57-59, 74, 79, 80, 99, 102, 103, 118,
121, 123, 124, 126, 127, 129, 130,
141-147, 153, 163
brain development 48, 49, 54, 80, 142,
145, 163
breaking bad news 159
cochlear tuning 115, 116, 119
communication 31, 36, 43, 68, 149, 151153, 155, 157-159
consciousness 50, 51, 58, 59, 63
construction of memories 36
cortisol 1, 6, 10, 13, 17, 18, 38, 47, 48,
53, 57, 58, 62-65, 101
CRF (corticotropin-releasing factor) 11,
13, 19, 21, 22
– binding protein (CRF-BP) 13
– receptors 11-14
crying 1, 42, 67-71, 76, 77, 86-89, 9193, 96, 112, 113
cutaneous 46, 47, 53, 131-133, 135, 137,
139, 143
cytochemical 46
D
development 5, 6, 8, 9, 18, 31-33, 35, 36,
38, 43, 46, 48-52, 54, 57, 59-64, 6971, 73, 80, 81, 85, 90, 94, 106, 109,
113, 118, 124, 126, 127, 129-134,
138, 142-146, 154, 159, 161-163
diagnosis 33, 36, 45, 50, 73, 80, 151,
152, 154, 157, 159, 160, 165
distribution 6, 8, 19, 52, 53, 78, 79, 105,
106, 145
DNA fragmentation 123, 124, 128, 129
Down syndrome 151, 153, 159, 160
C
caesarean section 27, 32
Caspases 125-127, 130, 142
central terminals 134, 137
E
electromagnetic field 117
– in incubators 118
168
epidural analgesia 27
experience of tenderness 35
experimental pain 8
exposure limits 118
F
father 37-39, 41-43, 54, 152, 163, 164
fetal
– blink-startle reflex 31-33
– growth restriction 17, 18
– programming 60, 61
– stress 18, 31, 57
first stage of labour 27
G
glucose 47, 77, 87, 89-93, 96, 97, 99101, 104
gonadal hormones 1, 5-11, 25, 31, 35,
45, 57, 67, 73, 83, 99, 103, 109, 123,
131, 141, 151, 157, 161
Subject Index
maternal representations in pregnancy
162
– stress 49, 50, 60, 63-65, 80
morphine 5, 6, 9, 79, 80, 105-108, 144,
147
muscle tone 38
myometrial contractility 14, 15, 17, 20,
21, 26
N
neonatal auditory system 114
neurohormones 11
neurological damage 32
nociception 5, 7, 46, 50, 59
- nociceptors 131, 132, 134-139
noise exposure 109, 110, 111, 115, 119
non pharmacological effects 83-85, 87,
89, 91, 93, 94, 95, 97, 103
NSAIDs 79
O
H
habituation 31-33
haptonomic phenomenality 35, 36
heat Sensitivity 134
hormonal 5-8, 14, 38, 46, 47, 53, 57
hypoxia 18, 25, 51, 123-129, 143, 146
I
incubators 109, 111-113, 115, 117-119
inflammation 6, 7, 9, 17, 79, 133, 136139, 144, 146, 147
inhibitory system 74
injury 9, 51, 103, 124, 133, 136, 139,
142-144, 146, 147
invasive procedures 48, 50, 53, 63, 74,
83, 86, 94, 95, 99, 103-105, 107, 143
L
labor and delivery 15, 17, 28
labour pain 25, 26
M
malformed baby 152
opioids 5, 6, 25-27, 78, 79, 99, 104-107,
147
otoacoustic emissions 114, 115, 119
oxytocin augmentation 27
P
pain 1, 25, 31, 42, 52, 65
– assessment 53, 67, 69-71
– control 25, 27, 75, 77, 91
– scale 67-71, 76, 77
parenteral opioids 25, 26
perinatal 48, 64, 142, 145
pharmacological analgesia 25, 26
physical risks 109
– stress 73, 109, 111, 113, 115, 117,
119
physiology 39, 45, 60, 138, 161
plasticity 9, 36, 48, 49, 132-134, 136,
137, 139, 142, 146
postnatal 35, 37-39, 41, 43, 52-54, 60,
61, 125, 138, 139, 142, 143, 145, 162,
163
pre-eclampsia 22, 23
169
Subject Index
pregnancy 8, 11, 13-23, 32, 37, 39-41,
43, 45, 49, 50, 52, 60-64, 73, 80, 162,
163
premature baby 151
prenatal
– life 2, 32, 36, 37, 43, 161, 163-165
– memory 31
– stress 48, 49, 54, 59-65
preterm labor 11, 16-18
primary triangle 163
stress 2, 5, 11, 31, 47, 53, 57, 68, 73, 85,
93, 100, 104, 109, 141, 152, 159, 162
– response 7, 9, 18, 53, 60, 75, 93, 94
sucrose 87-90, 93, 95-97, 101, 104, 107
R
U
reaction of parents 152
ultrasound 31-33, 42, 45, 47, 73, 80
urocortin 11-16, 18-22
T
thresholds 5, 48, 118, 131, 133, 135,
138, 143
tolerance 8, 9, 42, 45, 89, 96, 105-108, 163
topical analgesia 78
S
second stage of labour 27
sensory saturation 90, 91, 99-101, 104
sequelae 8, 54, 57, 60, 61, 64, 118, 141,
144
sex differences 5, 8, 9
skin sensory 131-133, 138, 139
View publication stats
V
visceral pain 27, 47
W
withdrawal 46, 47, 53, 105, 106, 108,
131, 133, 134, 143